EMS Technologies Canada HSD-440 eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver User Manual MN 1252 33077

EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver MN 1252 33077

HSD-440 Users Manual

Download:
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]
Document ID	1257851
Application ID	zUdfF2yQcPPNQ/bUq6TW3g==
Document Description	HSD-440 Users Manual
Short Term Confidential	No
Permanent Confidential	No
Supercede	No
Document Type	User Manual
Display Format	Adobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize	291.64kB (3645498 bits)
Date Submitted	2010-03-26 00:00:00
Date Available	2010-03-26 00:00:00
Creation Date	2009-06-24 10:00:23
Producing Software	Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod	2010-03-10 12:38:52
Document Title	MN-1252-33077
Document Creator	FrameMaker 8.0
Document Author:	webb

eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
System Description, Installation, and Maintenance Manual
MN-1252-33077, Revision C00
This document provides configuration and operational procedures for the equipment listed below.
Model
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal 115 V ac or 28 V dc
PN
1252-A-3400
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dc
1252-A-3420-02
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal SBB Mode 115 V ac or 28 V dc
for Multi-Channel Operation
1252-A-3420-03
23-15-30
TITLE PAGE T-1
24 JUN 09
PROPRIETARY STATEMENT
This document contains information which is proprietary and confidential to EMS SATCOM (EMS
Technologies Canada, Ltd.). Neither this document nor the information contained within may be
used for any purpose other than the purpose for which it was prepared. Neither this document nor
the information contained within may be disclosed or copied without the prior written permission of
EMS SATCOM. © 2007, 2009 EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. All Rights Reserved.
Revision Table
Revision
ECR
Description
001
N/A
Draft release
002
070167
Draft release to benchmark changes
003
070243
Updated environmental specifications table
004
070460
Updated with final software
A00
070701
Official release to customers
B00
080592
Added new part numbers, SCM installation instructions, SBB
updates
C00
090725
Added updated drawing (Rev B) of 1252-E-3420. Updated Table
1-3. Updated return shipping information, Updated I-4 Satellite
info
Cabin Network Xcelerator® and CNX® are registered trademarks of EMS Technologies, Ltd.
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.
Other product, brand, service, and company names herein are the trademarks of their respective
owners.
Our products are under continuous research and development. Any information may therefore be
changed without prior notice. EMS SATCOM reserves the right to make improvements or changes
in the product described in this manual at any time without notice. While reasonable efforts have
been made in the preparation of this document to assure its accuracy, EMS SATCOM assumes no
liability resulting from any errors or omissions in this document, or from the use of the information
contained herein.
Printed in Canada.
EMS SATCOM
400 Maple Grove Road, Ottawa, Ontario, K2V 1B8, CANADA
EMS SATCOM Reception:
(613) 591-9064
EMS SATCOM Product Support:
(888) 300-7415 (calls are routed to an on-call Product
Support specialist after regular business hours)
+44 1684 290 020 (UK)
(613) 591-3086 (outside North America)
EMS SATCOM E-mail Help:
support@emssatcom.com
EMS SATCOM Web site:
www.emssatcom.com
EMS SATCOM Sales and Marketing: 800-600-9759
23-15-30
TITLE PAGE T-2
24 JUN 09
CUSTOMER RESPONSE FORM
To help us improve the quality of our product documentation, EMS SATCOM would
appreciate your comments and suggestions on this publication. Please complete the
following customer survey and send to EMS SATCOM at:
EMS SATCOM
400 Maple Grove Road
Ottawa, ON K2V 1B8
E-mail: techdocs@emssatcom.com
Publication information:
Publication number:
MN-1252-33077
Publication title:
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
System Description, Installation, and
Maintenance Manual
Latest issue date:
24 JUN 09
Document revision:
C00
Customer information:
Name:
Company:
Tel:
Fax:
Email:
Comments and suggestions:
Date:
Comments:
23-15-30
CR-1
24 JUN 09
Blank Page
23-15-30
CR-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
RECORD OF REVISIONS
When revisions are received, insert revised pages, record the date, and initial.
Revision
Number
Issue
Date
Date
Inserted
Inserted
Revision
by
Number
(initial)
23-15-30
Issue
Date
Date
Inserted
Inserted
by
(initial)
RR-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
RR-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
SERVICE BULLETIN LIST
Service
Bulletin
Number
Subject
Manual Rev. Manual Rev.
Number
Date
1252-SB-3410
Upgrade Software Certification to B00
Level D
22 July 08
1252-SB-3411
Upgrade to Single Channel SBB B00
22 July 08
1252-SB-3412
HSD-440 SBB Upgrade to Level C00
D Certification
24 June 09
1252-SB-3413
Transceiver Software MOD To
Enable Smith MCDU
C00
24 June 09
1252-SB-3415
HSD 440 NTWK Upgrade
C00
24 June 09
1252-SB-3416
Update HSD ORT Satellite LOC
C00
24 June 09
1252-SB-3417
HSD-440 SBB Software Upgrade C00
24 June 09
1252-SB-3418
HSD-440 High-speed Data
C00
Terminal (1252-A-3420) Upgrade
for Network Mode (HSD-X and
HSD-Xi) and SBB Priority Mode
24 June 09
23-15-30
SBL-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
SBL-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
* An asterisk indicates pages changed, added, or deleted by the current revision.
F indicates a right foldout page with a blank back.
Section
Page
Date
Title Page
T-1
June 8, 2009
1-8 to 1-18
June 8, 2009
2-2, 2-3
June 8, 2009
3-29 to 3-36
June 8, 2009
Service Bulletin List
SBL-1
22 Jul 08
Introduction
INTRO-2
22 Jul 08
System Description
All
22 Jul 08
System Operation
All
22 Jul 08
Installation
3-3, 3-14 to 3-32
22 Jul 08
Test and Fault Isolation
4-39, 4-46, 4-50 to 4-55
22 Jul 08
Installation and Planning
Checklist
All
22 Jul 08
Service Bulletin List
SBL-1
24 JUN 09
System Description
1-2, 1-14, 1-15
24 JUN 09
System Operation
2-9, 2-14
24 JUN 09
Installation
3-10, 3-29, 3-31
24 JUN 09
Test and Fault Isolation
4-2
24 JUN 09
Maintenance and Repair
5-3
24 JUN 09
Appendix A
A-4
24 JUN 09
23-15-30
LEP-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
LEP-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
1. Illustration of Equipment............................................................................... INTRO-2
2. Product Terms and Conditions .................................................................... INTRO-2
3. Reference Documents ................................................................................... INTRO-2
4. Acronyms and Abbreviations ....................................................................... INTRO-3
5. Safety Advisories........................................................................................... INTRO-6
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1. Inmarsat System Overview .................................................................................... 1-1
2. Equipment Overview .............................................................................................. 1-3
3. Equipment Specifications ...................................................................................... 1-4
4. Software Description .............................................................................................. 1-8
A. Software Specifications .................................................................................................... 1-8
B. Operational Software Part Numbers ................................................................................ 1-8
5. Mechanical Description.......................................................................................... 1-9
6. Electrical Description ............................................................................................. 1-9
7. System Interfaces ................................................................................................. 1-10
A. Source Destination Identification (SDI) .......................................................................... 1-11
B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDs ............................................................................................ 1-11
C. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin Wiring ............................................................................ 1-12
D. IRS ARINC 429 Interface............................................................................................... 1-12
E. Antenna Interface........................................................................................................... 1-12
F. Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)............................................................................... 1-12
G. CMU ............................................................................................................................... 1-13
H. MCDU ............................................................................................................................ 1-13
I. Antenna Subsystem RF Interface ................................................................................... 1-13
J. Remote Status Panel (Optional) ..................................................................................... 1-13
K. Fault Conditions ............................................................................................................. 1-14
23-15-30
TC-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
L. Remote Reset ................................................................................................................ 1-14
8. User Interfaces...................................................................................................... 1-14
A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data Interface ............................................................................ 1-14
B. Ethernet Data Interfaces ................................................................................................ 1-15
C. ISDN S/T Interface......................................................................................................... 1-16
D. POTS Tip/Ring Interfaces .............................................................................................. 1-16
E. Maintenance Port Interface............................................................................................ 1-16
9. Initiated Self-Test.................................................................................................. 1-16
10. Modes of Operation ............................................................................................ 1-17
SYSTEM OPERATION
1. Registering and Activating Terminals .................................................................. 2-1
A. Preparing Terminal Information ........................................................................................ 2-1
(1) Obtaining ISNs ............................................................................................................ 2-1
(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal Type................................................... 2-2
B. Obtaining ICAO Addresses.............................................................................................. 2-2
C. Choosing Service Providers ............................................................................................ 2-2
D. Registering Terminals ...................................................................................................... 2-3
2. Configuring Terminals ........................................................................................... 2-3
A. Setting up Airborne Networks .......................................................................................... 2-3
B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services ....................................................................... 2-3
(1) IMNs............................................................................................................................ 2-4
(2) MSNs .......................................................................................................................... 2-5
C. Understanding CMU Messages...................................................................................... 2-6
D. Configuring Terminal Categories ..................................................................................... 2-6
E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name) ..................................................................... 2-7
F. Configuring LES Access Codes ....................................................................................... 2-7
(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor Software ........................ 2-8
(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call Basis................................................ 2-8
G. Configuring Forward IDs .................................................................................................. 2-8
H. Configuring ORs .............................................................................................................. 2-9
I. Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB ...................................................... 2-10
J. Removing the LED Label................................................................................................ 2-11
23-15-30
TC-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
K. Activating Configurations ............................................................................................... 2-11
L. Verifying Configurations ................................................................................................. 2-11
3. Using Terminals .................................................................................................... 2-12
A. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax Calls.............................................................................. 2-12
(1) Dial Code Prefixes .................................................................................................... 2-13
(2) Mobile-to-Mobile Communication.............................................................................. 2-14
B. Using Data Connections ................................................................................................ 2-14
C. Operating the MCDU ..................................................................................................... 2-15
(1) Output Ports .............................................................................................................. 2-15
(2) Input Ports................................................................................................................. 2-15
(3) Screen....................................................................................................................... 2-15
(4) Keyboard................................................................................................................... 2-15
(5) Special Symbols........................................................................................................ 2-16
(6) Navigating the MCDU ............................................................................................... 2-16
(7) Modifying Logon Settings.......................................................................................... 2-17
(8) Viewing Channel Status ............................................................................................ 2-18
(9) Performing Maintenance ........................................................................................... 2-23
D. Cockpit Communications ............................................................................................... 2-25
(1) Modes of Operation................................................................................................... 2-25
(2) Accepting and Making Calls...................................................................................... 2-25
INSTALLATION
1. Advisories ............................................................................................................... 3-1
2. Pre-Installation Inspection..................................................................................... 3-1
3. ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors ........................................................................ 3-1
A. Installation Kits ................................................................................................................. 3-1
B. Cabling Notes .................................................................................................................. 3-2
(1) Cabling ........................................................................................................................ 3-2
(2) Coaxial Cable Loss Considerations ............................................................................ 3-2
4. Mechanical Installation .......................................................................................... 3-2
A. Physical Placement.......................................................................................................... 3-3
B. SCM Installation............................................................................................................... 3-3
C. Environmental Requirements........................................................................................... 3-4
23-15-30
TC-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(1) Heating and Cooling.................................................................................................... 3-4
(2) Fan Tray Requirements .............................................................................................. 3-4
D. Chassis Grounding .......................................................................................................... 3-5
5. Electrical Installation.............................................................................................. 3-5
A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation ......................................................................................... 3-5
(1) Cabling and Connector Requirements ........................................................................ 3-5
(2) Installation Wiring Notes ............................................................................................. 3-7
(3) Connection Details .................................................................................................... 3-17
6. Installation and Engineering Diagrams .............................................................. 3-17
A. Outline and Installation Diagrams .................................................................................. 3-17
B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawings ...................................................... 3-17
7. Connection Details ............................................................................................... 3-18
A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details .......................................................................... 3-18
TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION
1. Operational and Diagnostic Testing ..................................................................... 4-1
A. General ............................................................................................................................ 4-1
B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements .......................................................... 4-1
C. Terminal MPU .................................................................................................................. 4-2
(1) General Overview ....................................................................................................... 4-2
(2) Connection Requirements........................................................................................... 4-3
(3) Accessing the MPU..................................................................................................... 4-5
(4) Using the Terminal MPU ............................................................................................. 4-5
(5) Menu Item Descriptions .............................................................................................. 4-6
(6) Report Descriptions................................................................................................... 4-17
(7) Activating Maintenance Reports ............................................................................... 4-20
D. Fault Definitions ............................................................................................................. 4-23
E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures................................................................. 4-23
23-15-30
TC-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-23
(2) Test Setup Procedure................................................................................................ 4-24
(3) Post Test ................................................................................................................... 4-24
(4) Installation and Operational Verification Tests .......................................................... 4-25
(5) Configuration Parameters Verification....................................................................... 4-27
(6) System Power-up Checks......................................................................................... 4-29
(7) System On-Air Checks.............................................................................................. 4-32
(8) Antenna Tracking Checks ......................................................................................... 4-37
(9) Optional System Checks........................................................................................... 4-38
F. Software Load Procedures ............................................................................................. 4-39
(1) Loading Channel Card Software ............................................................................... 4-39
(2) Loading Control Processor Software ........................................................................ 4-40
(3) Updating Displayed Software Versions ..................................................................... 4-41
(4) Verifying Software Loads .......................................................................................... 4-42
(5) Disconnecting Load Equipment ................................................................................ 4-43
2. Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation................................................................... 4-43
A. Troubleshooting Practices.............................................................................................. 4-43
(1) Non-specific Complaints ........................................................................................... 4-44
(2) Specific Complaints................................................................................................... 4-44
B. Equipment Required ...................................................................................................... 4-44
C. Troubleshooting Aids ..................................................................................................... 4-44
(1) Fault Isolation Screen Displays................................................................................. 4-44
(2) Troubleshooting Table............................................................................................... 4-49
D. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic Procedures .................................................................... 4-56
(1) General ..................................................................................................................... 4-56
(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports File .............................................................................. 4-56
3. Adjustment/Alignment Procedures..................................................................... 4-57
4. Modification History ............................................................................................. 4-57
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
1. Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 5-1
2. Repair....................................................................................................................... 5-1
A. Repair Tools and Supplies ............................................................................................... 5-1
B. Repair Procedures ........................................................................................................... 5-1
C. Removal Procedures ....................................................................................................... 5-1
23-15-30
TC-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
D. Repair Facility Approvals ................................................................................................. 5-1
E. Return for Repair Information .......................................................................................... 5-1
(1) Warranty Returns ........................................................................................................ 5-2
(2) Non-Warranty Returns ................................................................................................ 5-2
(3) Repackaging Requirements........................................................................................ 5-2
(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure....................................................... 5-2
3. Instructions for Continued Airworthiness............................................................ 5-3
APPENDIX A: INMARSAT SATELLITE BEAM COVERAGE .................................................. A-1
APPENDIX B: TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST................................................................. B-1
APPENDIX C: RJ45 CABLE TERMINATION DETAILS .......................................................... C-1
APPENDIX D: INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST ....................................................... D-1
APPENDIX E: INSTALLATION CHECKLIST ............................................................................ E-1
APPENDIX F: ACARS/CMU MESSAGES................................................................................. F-1
(1) Understanding Broadcast Messages .......................................................................... F-1
(2) Understanding BOP Messages................................................................................. F-10
APPENDIX G: INTERNATIONAL ACCESS AND COUNTRY CODES.................................... G-1
APPENDIX H: INMARSAT CAUSE CODES ............................................................................ H-1
23-15-30
TC-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure INTRO-1 HSD-440 Terminal................................................................................... INTRO-2
Figure 1-1 Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications System ....................................... 1-2
Figure 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal Interfaces .................................................................................. 1-11
Figure 1-3 ISDN Connection Options ....................................................................................... 1-15
Figure 2-1 Dialing-Sequence Components............................................................................... 2-12
Figure 2-2 MCDU Screen ......................................................................................................... 2-15
Figure 2-3 MCDU Menus .......................................................................................................... 2-16
Figure 2-4 SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu .............................................................................. 2-17
Figure 2-5 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)............................................................................. 2-19
Figure 2-6 SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu............................................................................. 2-19
Figure 2-7 SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu ............................................................................... 2-20
Figure 2-8 SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu ............................................................ 2-20
Figure 2-9 SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT Menu ............................................................... 2-21
Figure 2-10 SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG Menu .................................................................... 2-24
Figure 2-11 SATCOM DIAG Menu ........................................................................................... 2-25
Figure 2-12 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-26
Figure 2-13 SATCOM TEL DIR Menu ...................................................................................... 2-28
Figure 2-14 SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20)..................................................................... 2-29
Figure 2-15 SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100) .............................................................. 2-29
Figure 2-16 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2).................................................................... 2-30
Figure 3-1 HSD-440 Terminal SCM............................................................................................ 3-3
Figure 3-2 Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed) ............................ 3-5
Figure 3-3 ICAO ID, Hex to Binary Conversion ....................................................................... 3-10
Figure 3-4 Remote Reset Circuit Switch................................................................................... 3-11
Figure 3-5 Remote LED Panel Circuit....................................................................................... 3-12
Figure 3-6 RJ45 Connector Terminator Details ........................................................................ 3-13
Figure 3-7 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3400, Rev B) ............................................................................................................... 3-25
Figure 3-8 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3400, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-27
Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3420, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-29
Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3420, Rev B) .............................................................................................................. 3-31
23-15-30
TC-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-11 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing
(1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-33
Figure 3-12 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing
(1252-B-3110, Rev D)............................................................................................................... 3-35
Figure 4-1 Remote Connection, Maintenance Cable.................................................................. 4-4
Figure 4-2 Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable ..................................................................... 4-4
Figure 4-3 Menu 1 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-6
Figure 4-4 Menu 2 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-7
Figure 4-5 Menu 3 Screen Display ............................................................................................. 4-8
Figure 4-6 Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous Parameters ......................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-7 Menu 4 Screen Display ........................................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-8 Menu 10 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-13
Figure 4-9 Menu 13 Screen Display ......................................................................................... 4-15
Figure 4-10 Menu 14 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-15
Figure 4-11 Menu 15 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-12 Menu 21 Screen Display ....................................................................................... 4-16
Figure 4-13 HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports .......................................................................... 4-19
Figure 4-14 Example of Report 23 Output ................................................................................ 4-20
Figure 4-15 Example of Prompt to Generate a Report ............................................................. 4-21
Figure 4-16 Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 3 .............................................. 4-22
Figure 4-17 Example of Report 20............................................................................................ 4-22
Figure 4-18 Example Report 21................................................................................................ 4-23
Figure 4-19 HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example ............................................................ 4-29
Figure 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display Example..................................................... 4-31
Figure 4-21 Logon Initialization Display Example ..................................................................... 4-35
Figure 4-22 HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example.............................................................. 4-37
Figure 4-23 Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated) ................................................. 4-44
Figure 4-24 Failed OR Registration .......................................................................................... 4-45
Figure 4-25 No Call (report 23) ................................................................................................. 4-45
Figure 4-26 In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23).............................. 4-45
Figure 4-27 No IRS Data (report 23 activated) ......................................................................... 4-45
Figure 4-28 FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated).................................................... 4-46
Figure 4-29 ICAO ID Not Strapped ........................................................................................... 4-46
Figure 4-30 No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated) ............................................. 4-47
Figure 4-31 Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND) ........................................................... 4-48
Figure 4-32 Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled) ........................................................ 4-48
23-15-30
TC-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 4-33 Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated) ................................. 4-49
Figure A-1 Satellite ORs ............................................................................................................. A-1
Figure A-2 Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map........................................... A-2
Figure A-3 Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR Maps ................................................... A-3
Figure A-4 I-4 Satellite Coverage Map ....................................................................................... A-4
Figure C-1 RJ45 Cable Termination Details .............................................................................. C-1
23-15-30
TC-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
TC-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
LIST OF TABLES
Table INTRO-1 EMS SATCOM Reference Documents.................................................... INTRO-2
Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications ....................................................... 1-4
Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics ......................... 1-6
Table 1-3 HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software .................................................................. 1-9
Table 1-4 HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix ........................................ 1-9
Table 1-5 ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements ........................................................... 1-12
Table 1-6 HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations ......................................................... 1-13
Table 2-1 HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and Type ................................................... 2-2
Table 2-2 HSD-440 Terminal Service Types ............................................................................. 2-2
Table 2-3 Service Types and MSNs .......................................................................................... 2-4
Table 2-4 MSNs ......................................................................................................................... 2-5
Table 2-5 System Assignments for Incoming Calls ................................................................... 2-6
Table 2-6 Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes .................................................. 2-8
Table 2-7 Ocean Regions Supporting SBB ............................................................................... 2-9
Table 2-8 Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection ........................................... 2-13
Table 2-9 Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides ................................................................ 2-14
Table 2-10 Satellite OR Codes ................................................................................................ 2-14
Table 2-11 OR Numbers.......................................................................................................... 2-27
Table 2-12 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-27
Table 2-13 Priority Codes ........................................................................................................ 2-31
Table 3-1 Installation Kits........................................................................................................... 3-2
Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications ....................................................... 3-6
Table 3-3 RF Parameters Definitions......................................................................................... 3-8
Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table.............................................................................................. 3-8
Table 3-5 RJ45 Wiring Details ................................................................................................. 3-13
Table 3-6 Configuration Pin Summary..................................................................................... 3-14
Table 3-7 System Pin Strapping .............................................................................................. 3-14
Table 3-8 HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects ................................................................ 3-15
Table 3-9 CMU Interface Wiring .............................................................................................. 3-15
Table 3-10 MCDU Interface Wiring.......................................................................................... 3-16
Table 3-11 Call Light Activation Configuration Strapping ........................................................ 3-16
Table 3-12 Hookswitch Configuration Strapping...................................................................... 3-16
Table 3-13 Priority 4 Call Configuration Strapping................................................................... 3-17
23-15-30
TC-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-14 Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice ........................................................ 3-17
Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details .............................................................. 3-18
Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details ......................................................... 3-21
Table 3-17 ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details......................................................... 3-23
Table 4-1 List of Required Test Equipment ............................................................................... 4-2
Table 4-2 List of Optional Test Equipment ................................................................................ 4-2
Table 4-3 Remote Connection Cabling...................................................................................... 4-3
Table 4-4 Direct Connection Cabling ......................................................................................... 4-3
Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings ................................................................................... 4-4
Table 4-6 Menu 1 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-7
Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-7
Table 4-8 Menu 3 Item Descriptions .......................................................................................... 4-9
Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions................................................. 4-10
Table 4-10 Menu 4 Item Descriptions ...................................................................................... 4-13
Table 4-11 Menu 10 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-14
Table 4-12 Menu 13 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-15
Table 4-13 Menu 15 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-16
Table 4-14 Menu 21 Item Descriptions .................................................................................... 4-17
Table 4-15 Report 23 Item Descriptions .................................................................................. 4-21
Table 4-16 Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions .............................................................................. 4-22
Table 4-17 Report 21 Item Descriptions .................................................................................. 4-23
Table 4-18 Test Setup Procedure............................................................................................ 4-24
Table 4-19 Post Test Procedure .............................................................................................. 4-25
Table 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification ........................................................... 4-25
Table 4-21 HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist ............................................... 4-26
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation ...................................................................... 4-50
Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices .................................................... F-1
Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences ........................................................................................ F-2
Table F-3 Bits 9 and 10 Positions .............................................................................................. F-3
Table F-4 ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels .............................................................. F-3
Table F-5 FWD ID Address Word One Labels .......................................................................... F-4
Table F-6 Time Clock Time Word Format ................................................................................. F-4
Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format .................................................................................. F-4
Table F-8 HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates .................................................................... F-5
Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits..................................................................................................... F-6
23-15-30
TC-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits .............................................................................................. F-8
Table F-11 Fault Summary Word 1 Bits .................................................................................... F-9
Table F-12 Fault Summary Word 2 Bits .................................................................................. F-10
Table F-13 BOP Events ........................................................................................................... F-10
Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 ............................................................. F-10
Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 ............................................................ F-11
Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults ............................................................................................. F-12
Table F-17 BOP Word Format ................................................................................................. F-13
Table F-18 GFI Definitions....................................................................................................... F-14
Table F-19 Word Types ........................................................................................................... F-15
Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses...................................................................................... F-15
Table F-21 Data Types ............................................................................................................ F-17
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes ................................................................ G-1
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions ............................................................................ H-1
23-15-30
TC-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
TC-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
INTRODUCTION
This manual provides the specifications, principles of operation, and information necessary
to install an eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal in Stand-Alone Mode.
The information is presented in the following chapters:
•
System Description
•
System Operation
•
Installation
•
Test and Fault Isolation
•
Maintenance and Repair
•
Appendix A: Inmarsat Satellite Beam Coverage
•
Appendix B: Troubleshooting Checklist
•
Appendix C: RJ45 Cable Termination Details
•
Appendix D: Installation Planning Checklist
•
Appendix E: Installation Checklist
•
Appendix F: ACARS/CMU Messages
•
Appendix G: International Access and Country Codes
•
Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes
NOTE: An Illustrated Parts List is not included with this manual.
Only qualified avionics personnel, knowledgeable in the technical and safety issues related
to the installation of aircraft communications equipment, should perform the installation
procedures provided in this manual.
This manual includes general installation guidelines only; it is not intended to provide specific
procedures for every type of installation.
If necessary, the information in this manual will be revised. Before attempting the installation
procedures presented in this manual, verify that you have a complete and up-to-date release
of this document.
NOTE: Depending on the version of software and configuration mode of installation of the
HSD-440 terminal, the actual (live) system messages, such as dialog boxes and
screen displays, may differ slightly from the examples in this manual.
23-15-30
INTRO-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
1.
Illustration of Equipment
Figure INTRO-1 HSD-440 Terminal
2.
Product Terms and Conditions
As stipulated in the Terms and Conditions of Sale, which accompanied the Product, EMS
SATCOM shall not at any time be liable for the activation, continuation, or cancellation of
satellite airtime services relating to the Product nor be responsible for any Product-related
airtime or network charges, however incurred. In the event EMS SATCOM is charged network
or airtime fees relating to the customer’s use of the Product, the customer shall immediately
upon notification by EMS SATCOM reimburse EMS SATCOM in full for such charges.
3.
Reference Documents
Table INTRO-1 EMS SATCOM Reference Documents
Document Title
EMS SATCOM Publication Number
Guidance for Aircraft Electrical Power
Utilization and Transient Protection
ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—
Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and
Grounding Requirements and Appendix 7
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data
Terminal Pilot’s Guide
MN-1252-33138
eNfusion™ HSD High-speed Data Terminal MN-1252-13005
Developer’s Guide
23-15-30
INTRO-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
4.
Acronyms and Abbreviations
The following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this document.
AC
Access Concentrator
ACP
Audio Control Panel
ACSE
Access Control and Signalling Equipment
ACU
Antenna Control Unit (also known as BSU or Driver)
AERO
Aeronautical
AES
Aircraft Earth Station
AMBE
Advanced Multi-Band Excitement
AORE
Atlantic Ocean Region-East
AORW
Atlantic Ocean Region-West
APN
Access Point Name
ATC
Air Traffic Control
AWG
American Wire Gauge
BGAN
Broadband Global Area Network
BITE
Built-In Test Equipment
BOP
Bit Oriented Protocol
bps
Bits per second
BRI
Basic Rate ISDN
BSU
Beam Steering Unit (also known as ACU or Driver)
C/No
Carrier-to-Noise
CCW
Counter Clockwise
CFDS
Centralized Fault Display System
CMU
Communications Management Unit
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CW
Clockwise
DITS
Digital Information Transfer System
DLNA
Diplexer/Low-Noise Amplifier
DSL
Digital Subscriber Line
EIRP
Effect Isotropic Radiated Power
EMI
Electromagnetic Interference
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
EST
Eastern Standard Time
FAA
Federal Aviation Authority
FET
Field-Effect Transistor
23-15-30
INTRO-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
FMS
Flight Management System
FRLP
Forward Link Pairs
FWD ID
Forward ID
GES
Ground Earth Station
GND
Ground
HGA
High-gain Antenna
HPA
High Power Amplifier
HTML
Hyper Text Markup Language
Hz
Hertz
I/O
Input/Output
ICAO
International Civil Aviation Organization
ICD
Interconnection Drawing
IMN
Inmarsat Mobile Number
INS
Inertial Navigational System
IOR
Indian Ocean Region
IRS
Inertial Reference System
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
ISN
Inmarsat Serial Number
ISP
Inmarsat Service Providers
ISP
Internet Service Provider
JAA
Joint Aviation Authorities
kbps
Kilobits per Second
LAN
Local Area Network
LES
Land Earth Station
LRU
Line Replaceable Unit
LS
line select
LSB
Least Significant Bit
MA
Mechanical Steered Antenna
Mbps
Megabit per second
MCDU
Multipurpose Control Display Unit
MCU
Modular Concept Unit
MES
Mobile Earth Station
MPDS
Mobile Packet Data Services
MPU
Maintenance Port Utility
ms
Millisecond
23-15-30
INTRO-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MSB
Most Significant Bit
MSN
Mobile Serial Number
MSN
Multiple Subscriber Number
NAT
Network Address Translation
NO
normally open
NT
Network Terminator
O&I
Outline and Installation Diagram
OA
Other Antenna
OCXO
Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
ORR
Ocean Region Registration
ORT
Owner Requirements Table
PAST
Person Activated Self Test
PC
Personal Computer (or laptop)
PN
Part Number
POR
Pacific Ocean Region
POST
Power On Self Test
POTS
Plain Old Telephone System
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
PPPoE
Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet
PSTN
Public Switch Telephone Network
PTT
Push-to-Talk
RAM
Random Access Memory
REA
Responsible Engineering Authority
RF
Radio Frequency
RFI
Radio Frequency Interference
RFU
Radio Frequency Unit
rms
root mean square
ROM
Read-only Memory
RTN
Return
Rx
Receive
S/T (ISDN)
Key interfaces of an ISDN network are known as Reference Points. Reference
Point T is on the user’s side of the network and allows a single TE/TA to be
connected. Reference Point S is on the user’s side of the network and allows
multiple TEs/TAs to be connected. Electrically, point T and point S are the same
point.
23-15-30
INTRO-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
5.
SBB
SwiftBroadband
SCM
Software Configuration Module
SCPC
Single Channel per Carrier
SDI
Source/Destination Identification
SDU
Satellite Data Unit
SNAC
Single Network Access Code
SPID
Service Profile Identifier
STBD
Starboard
STE
Secure Terminal Equipment
STU
Secure Telephone Unit
TA
Terminal Adapter
TE
Terminal Equipment
Tx
Transmit
USIM
Universal Subscriber Identity Module
VHF
very high frequency
VSWR
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio
WOW
Weight on Wheels
Safety Advisories
Warnings, cautions, and notes in this manual provide the reader with the following information:
•
A WARNING describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could
cause injury or death.
•
A CAUTION describes an operation, procedure, or condition that, if not obeyed, could
cause damage to the equipment.
•
A NOTE provides supplementary information or explanatory text that makes it easier to
understand and perform procedures.
All personnel who install, operate, and maintain the HSD-440 terminal and associated test
equipment must know and obey the safety precautions listed below. The procedures provided
in this manual assume that the person performing installation or maintenance tasks is familiar
with and obeys standard aviation shop and safety practices.
The general safety advisories include the following:
WARNING: SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST OBEY STANDARD SAFETY
PRECAUTIONS, SUCH AS WEARING SAFETY GLASSES, TO PREVENT
PERSONAL INJURY WHILE INSTALLING OR PERFORMING SERVICE
ON THIS TERMINAL.
23-15-30
INTRO-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
WARNING: ASSOCIATED SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT RADIATES
HIGH FREQUENCY RADIATION AND POSES A RADIATION HAZARD
OF 1.6 GHZ. SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST EXERCISE CARE TO KEEP
CLEAR OF THE ANTENNA'S BEAM WHILE PERFORMING
OPERATIONAL TESTS OR INSTALLATION VERIFICATION
PROCEDURES.
DO NOT APPROACH WITHIN 8 FEET (2.5 METRES) OF THE ANTENNA
DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION).
DURING ANTENNA OPERATION (TRANSMISSION), MAKE SURE THAT
PERSONNEL ARE EXPOSED TO A MINIMUM OF ANY REFLECTED,
SCATTERED, OR DIRECT BEAMS.
WARNING: TURN OFF POWER BEFORE DISCONNECTING ANY TERMINAL FROM
WIRING. DISCONNECTING THE TERMINAL WITHOUT TURNING
POWER OFF MAY CAUSE VOLTAGE TRANSIENTS THAT CAN DAMAGE
THE TERMINAL.
CAUTION: THIS EQUIPMENT INCLUDES ITEMS THAT ARE ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE SENSITIVE (ESDS) DEVICES. ESDS DEVICES ARE
SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY EXCESSIVE LEVELS OF VOLTAGE AND/OR
CURRENT. THE LOW-ENERGY SOURCE THAT MOST COMMONLY
DESTROYS ESDS DEVICES IS THE HUMAN BODY, WHICH, IN
CONJUNCTION WITH NONCONDUCTIVE GARMENTS AND FLOOR
COVERINGS, GENERATES AND RETAINS STATIC ELECTRICITY. TO
ADEQUATELY PROTECT ESDS DEVICES, THE DEVICE AND
EVERYTHING THAT CONTACTS IT MUST BE BROUGHT TO GROUND
POTENTIAL BY PROVIDING A CONDUCTIVE SURFACE AND
DISCHARGE PATHS. USE STANDARD INDUSTRY PRECAUTIONS TO
KEEP RISK OF DAMAGE TO A MINIMUM WHEN TOUCHING,
REMOVING, OR SERVICING THE EQUIPMENT.
23-15-30
INTRO-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
INTRO-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This section includes basic information about the HSD-440 terminal, including the following
sections:
1.
•
Inmarsat System Overview
•
Equipment Overview
•
Equipment Specifications
•
Software Description
•
Mechanical Description
•
Electrical DescriptionUser Interfaces
•
Initiated Self-Test
•
Modes of Operation
Inmarsat System Overview
The satellite communication system includes global satellite networks, Land Earth Stations
(LESs), Ground Earth Stations (GESs), Aircraft Earth Stations (AESs), and Mobile Earth
Stations (MESs).
The LES/GES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the ground. These
numerous, international stations are responsible for routing voice and data calls to/from the
MES/AES to/from their destinations around the world.
The MES/AES is the part of the satellite communication system that is on the aircraft. This
station includes the following components:
•
HSD-440 terminal
•
Antenna subsystem
•
Cabin communications system
•
Analog connected telephones
•
Cockpit voice system
•
Other aircraft avionics
Figure 1-1 illustrates a simplified satellite communications system.
23-15-30
1-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 1-1 Simplified Aeronautical Satellite Communications System
Satellite communication systems provide users with long-range voice and data communication
by accessing global satellite and ground communications networks.
Inmarsat is an international organization that operates and maintains multiple geostationary
satellites and satellite networks. The satellites that provide Swift64 services are called I-3
satellites. Each satellite is located over an Ocean Region (OR); the current OR names are:
•
Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)
•
Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)
•
Indian Ocean Region (IOR)
•
Pacific Ocean Region (POR)
These satellites provide worldwide telecommunication services for aviation, shipping, and
land-mobile terminal users. The satellites connect to ground telecommunication systems
through the LES/GES. The LES converts the space segment of the communication link to a
format compatible with public and private telephone and data networks. Each satellite is
associated with a number of LESs that fall within its coverage.
The satellites that provide SBB services are called I-4 satellites. At the time of publishing,
three I-4 satellites are operating: Americas, EMEA. and Asia-Pacific.
The HSD-440 terminal, in conjunction with an ARINC 741/781 High-gain Antenna (HGA), acts
as an MES/AES. The combined system provides users with a data and voice communications
link to the satellite network and global telecommunications system.
23-15-30
1-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
2.
Equipment Overview
The HSD-440 terminal is a scalable, high-speed data, satellite communications terminal that
provides world-wide voice and data services to aircraft through a high-speed communication
link with the Inmarsat Satellite Network. The HSD-440 terminal interfaces with ARINC
741-compatible antenna subsystems to communicate with the space segment of the Inmarsat
Satellite Network via L-band RF signals.
The HSD-440 terminal communicates with various avionics equipment, such as the aircraft’s
IRS and CMU, in order to coordinate and access a wide range of services. The HSD-440
terminal also communicates with cabin and cockpit voice and data equipment to provide
phone, fax, internet connection, and other services on board the aircraft.
The HSD-440 terminal also provides access to the CMU short message system. The HSD-440
terminal ensures that high-priority safety and flight-operation communication is not blocked
or delayed by other types of low-priority transmissions.
HSD-440 terminals contain the following:
•
Two (2) channel cards
•
Data input/output (I/O) card
•
Control processor
•
High Power Amplifier (HPA)
•
Universal (110 V ac 400 Hz / 28 V dc) power supply
The HSD-440 terminal operates with a high-gain antenna subsystem to provide
circuit-switched (Swift64 Mobile ISDN), packet-switched (Swift64 MPDS) services, 1 PRT
channel, 1 C channel, 2 Swift64 channels, and SBB over the Inmarsat satellite
communications network.
HSD-440 terminals support the following services and functions:
•
Inmarsat Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN) Single Channel Per Carrier (SCPC)
Service
•
Inmarsat Serial Mobile Packet Data Services (MPDS)
•
Inmarsat Aero P, R, T channel data
•
Inmarsat Aero C channel H+ voice
•
SwiftBroadband (SBB) service
•
Cockpit communications for ground-to-air and air-to-ground calls using the MCDU
The HSD-440 terminal is a high-speed data terminal that contains two channel cards, a high
stability reference oscillator, a high power amplifier, a data processor module, and a power
supply. The HSD-440 terminal receives power from the aircraft as either 28 V dc or 115 V ac,
400 Hz.
The HSD-440 terminal supports one channel of Inmarsat Swift64 MPDS or two channels of
Mobile ISDN 64 kbps data links, and one SBB channel. To use the SBB service, the HSD-440
terminal obtains subscriber information from a SIM card installed in the SCM. The SCM slot
is located on the front of the HSD-440 terminal next to the maintenance connector.
23-15-30
1-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The HSD-440 terminal has three ports that support the following interfaces: EURO ISDN S/T,
Ethernet (10BASE-T), and POTS. Although able to support multiple configurations depending
on user needs, the following constraints apply:
•
EURO ISDN S/T port supports Swift64 Mobile ISDN (circuit-switched) only
•
10BASE-T port supports SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or MPDS
•
POTS port supports ISDN (speech) or 3.1 kHz audio (fax)
NOTE: Only one service type can be used at one time on an HSD-440 terminal channel card.
The first channel card can support one channel of MPDS, two channels of Swift64
service, or one channel of SwiftBroadband. The second channel card supports a single
Classic Aero service (Aero-H/H++).
The most likely configurations include connecting a networking device such as a router or a
file server to allow multiple users to share the channel(s) provided by the HSD-440 terminal.
3.
Equipment Specifications
Table 1-1 lists the physical characteristics and equipment specifications for the HSD-440
terminal.
Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications
Characteristic
Specification
Certification/related documents
ARINC characteristics
600-12, Air Transport Avionics Equipment
Interfaces, December 12, 1998
Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7
RTCA documents
HSD-440 Terminal Software
RTCA/DO-160E, Environmental Conditions and
Test Procedures for Airborne Equipment,
July 29, 1997
RTCA/DO-178B Level D
Physical Size
Height
19.41 cm (7.64 in)
Width
25.91 cm (10.20 in)
Length
36.45 cm (14.58 in)
Weight
15.75 kg (34.7 lbs)
Mounting information
8-MCU Tray (per ARINC 600, 8-MCU LRU)
Maintenance requirements
No scheduled maintenance is required
Electrical specifications
HSD-440 terminal AC input power
Voltage
Minimum:
100 V rms
Typical:
115 V rms
Maximum:
122 V rms
23-15-30
1-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)
Characteristic
Specification
Power consumption
Maximum:
460 W
NOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is
dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power
is dissipated externally.
Frequency
Frequency band
Minimum:
300 Hz
Typical:
400 Hz
Maximum:
800 Hz
Tx:
1626.5 to 1660.5 MHz
Rx:
1525.0 to 1559.0 MHz
HSD-440 terminal DC input power
Voltage
Power consumption
Minimum:
22 V dc
Typical:
28 V dc
Maximum:
30.3 V dc
Maximum:
460 W
NOTE: Of this power consumption, 400 W is
dissipated internally and 60 W of RF power
is dissipated externally.
Power requirements
AC
115 V ac, 400 Hz nominal, @ 4 A (460 W maximum)
DC
+ 28 V dc @ 15.5 A (460 W maximum)
Wire gauge
DC power: 12 AWG
AC power:
20 AWG (hot lead), 12 AWG (cold lead)
Signals: Unless otherwise specified, use 22 AWG
for all signal wires
Ground requirements
ARINC 741
Circuit breakers
Install circuit breakers according to the maintenance
requirements of the aircraft.
Heating and cooling requirements
Cooling air
ARINC 600
Flow rate
88 kg/hr (194 lbs/hr)
Pressure drop
5 ± 3 mm (0.20 ± 0.12 in.) of H2O
Receive input impedance
50 ohms
Transmit output impedance
50 ohms
VSWR
2:1 maximum
External interfaces
External parameters
Antenna gain
Minimum:
8 dB
Maximum:
17 dB
23-15-30
1-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 1-1 HSD-440 TE Characteristics and Specifications (Continued)
Characteristic
Specification
Antenna to DLNA loss
Maximum:
0.3 dB
DLNA gain
Minimum:
53 dB
Maximum:
60 dB
Maximum:
1.8 dB
DLNA noise
DLNA to HSD-440 terminal Minimum:
total Rx total loss
Maximum:
6 dB
HSD-440 terminal to
Minimum:
antenna total Tx cable loss Maximum:
including DLNA insertion
loss
1 dB
2.5 dB
DLNA insertion loss
0.8 dB
Maximum:
25 dB
External digital interfaces
Control interface
ARINC 429 high-speed (100 kbps) data bus
RS-232 maintenance
interface (rear and front
connector)
19 200 kbps, N81, None
Ethernet user interface (2) 10BASE-T input and output for SBB, SCPC (Swift64
Mobile ISDN) and MPDS using Point-to-Point
Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE)
ISDN
ISDN S/T physical interface supporting up to seven
external connections to Terminal Adapter (TA) or
Terminal Equipment (TE) devices
POTS tip/ring interface (2) Plain Old Telephone System (POTS) analog
interface
Table 1-2 lists the RTCA/DO-160E environmental characteristics for the HSD-440
terminal.
Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics
Section
Environmental Condition
4.0
Temperature and Altitude
4.5.1
Ground Survival Low
F2
4.5.1
Short Time Operating Low
F2
4.5.2
Operating Low Temperature
F2
4.5.3
Ground Survival High Temperature
F2
4.5.3
Short Term Operating High Temperature
F2
4.5.4
Operating High Temperature
F2
4.5.5
In Flight Loss of Cooling
4.6.1
Altitude Test
F2
23-15-30
Category
1-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics
(Continued)
Section
Environmental Condition
Category
4.6.2
Decompression Test
A2
4.6.3
Over Pressure Test
A2 (modified)
5.3.1
Temperature Variation
6.3.2
Humidity
B (modified)
7.0
Operational Shock and Crash Safety
7.2.1
Operational Shock
7.3
Crash Safety Impulse
7.3.2
Crash Safety Sustained
8.0
Vibration—Fixed Wing
S (CURVE B)
8.4
Vibration—Heli
U (CURVE G)
9.7.2
Explosive Atmosphere
E (modified)
10.0
Waterproofness
11.0
Fluids Susceptibility
12.4
Sand and Dust
13.0
Fungus Resistance
14.3.6
Salt Fog
15.3
Magnetic Effect
16.0
Power Input
16.6.1.1
DC Input
BZ
16.6.1.1
Emergency Operation
BZ
16.6.1.2
Ripple Voltage
BZ
16.6.1.3
Momentary Power Interruptions
BZ
16.6.1.4
Normal Surge Voltage
BZ
16.6.1.5
Engine Starting Under voltage Operation
BZ
16.6.2.1
Abnormal Voltage Steady State
BZ
16.6.2.3
Momentary Under Voltage Operation
BZ
16.6.2.4
Abnormal Surge Voltage
BZ
16.5.1.1
AC Input
A(WF)H
16.5.1.2
Voltage Modulation
A(WF)H
16.5.1.3
Frequency Modulation
A(WF)H
16.5.1.4
Momentary Power Interruptions
A(WF)H
16.5.1.5
Normal Surge Voltage
A(WF)H
16.5.1.6
Normal Frequency Variations
A(WF)H
16.5.1.7
Voltage DC Content
A(WF)H
16.5.1.8
Harmonic Distortion
A(WF)H
12.5
23-15-30
1-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Characteristics
(Continued)
Section
Environmental Condition
Category
16.5.2.1
Abnormal Operating Conditions
A(WF)H
16.5.2.2
Momentary Under Voltage Operation
A(WF)H
16.5.2.3
Abnormal Surge Voltage
A(WF)H
17.4
Voltage Spike
18.0
Audio Frequency Conducted Susceptibility
[K(WF)Z]
19.3
Induced Signal Susceptibility
ZW
20.0
Radio Frequency Susceptibility
21.0
4.
Conducted Susceptibility
Radiated Susceptibility
Emission of RF Energy
Conducted (Power Lines)
Conducted RF Emission
Radiated RF Emission
22.0
Lightning Induced Transient Susceptibility
A3J33
(modified)
23.0
Lightning Direct Effects
24.0
Icing
25.0
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)
A (modified)
26.0
Fire Flammability
Software Description
This section describes the software specifications and operational software components of
HSD-440 terminals.
A. Software Specifications
The software meets the following DO-178B standards:
•
Swift64 to Level D
•
Classic Aero voice and data to Level D
•
SwiftBroadband to Level E
B. Operational Software Part Numbers
Table 1-3 provides a list of software part numbers for the HSD-440 terminal.
23-15-30
1-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 1-3 HSD-440 Terminal Operational Software
EMS SATCOM Part
Number*
Description
LI-1252-33222
HSD-440 (1252-A-3420-02) Software Control Document
L1-1252-33374
HSD-440 (1252-A-3420-03) Software Control Document
1252-SW-3305
HSD-440 Terminal data I/O software
1252-SW-3315
Control processor software
1210-A-0039 CC 1
Aero SBB channel card software
1210-A-0038-03 CC 1
1210-A-0039 CC 2
1210-A-0038 CC 2
* Software levels are not available.
5.
Mechanical Description
The HSD-440 terminal is an 8-MCU sized unit with mounting requirements according to the
ARINC 600 specification. The front panel has one, socket D-Type size B (25 contacts)
maintenance port connector (under protective cover) for data loading and monitoring of the
terminal. Two front-panel LEDs indicate terminal status.
The rear connector complies with ARINC 600, shell size 2 and has three inserts: upper, middle,
and bottom. The upper and middle inserts each have one #1 coaxial contact and seventy,
22-gauge signal contacts. The bottom insert connector has contact with only positions 1, 2,
3, 7, 8, 12, and 13. The rear panel has three polarization points.
Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10 present the Outline and Installation diagrams for the HSD-440
terminal. For detailed wiring information, refer to the Interconnection and Contact Assignment
drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 and shown in Table 1-4.
Table 1-4 HSD-440 Terminal Installation Drawing Reference Matrix
Models
ALL
Figures
Outline and Installation diagrams: Figure 3-7 through Figure 3-10
System Interconnect: Figure 3-11
6.
Electrical Description
"Installation" on page 3-1 describes all ARNC 600 connector contact assignments and physical
details, including part numbers, insert descriptions, and polarization keying.
The loading/gradient specifications for all HSD-440 terminal installations are provided in table
format in "Installation" on page 3-1. These tables list all of the ARINC top, middle, and bottom
plug pin designations and provide installation connection details.
23-15-30
1-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The HSD-440 terminal contains a communications switch that supports Inmarsat Swift64
Mobile ISDN and MPDS service within an 8-MCU assembly built in accordance to ARINC 600
specifications.
The HSD-440 terminal uses the ARINC 429 multi-control bus to interface with the ACU/BSU
to control the RF antenna and obtain antenna-subsystem status information over the Built-in
Test Equipment (BITE) lines. The HSD-440 terminal receives the required navigational data,
provided by the aircraft Inertial Navigational System (INS), via the ARINC 429 IRS bus. The
aircraft supplies either 28 V dc or 115 V ac 400 Hz power to the HSD-440 terminal.
The HSD-440 terminal also uses an ARINC 429 bus to interface with the Communications
Management Unit (CMU) and the Multipurpose Control Display Unit (MCDU).
Detailed pin and connector descriptions for HSD-440 terminals are provided for all supported
installation modes and configurations in "Installation" on page 3-1.
7.
System Interfaces
This section briefly describes the external HSD-440 terminal system interfaces, as shown in
Figure 1-2, required to control, monitor, maintain, and supplement the terminal. "Installation"
on page 3-1 provides a detailed description of interface connections.
23-15-30
1-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 1-2 HSD-440 Terminal Interfaces
A. Source Destination Identification (SDI)
The SDI is provided to the HPA as per ARINC 741 specifications.
B. ICAO IDs and Forward IDs
The ICAO ID is a 24Bit address that identifies the AES on the network much like a FWD
ID. Each aircraft has a single unique ICAO ID.
The HSD-440 terminal uses two 24-bit IDs called Forward Link Pairs (FRLPs) for the
Swift64 service, which include a Forward ID (FWD ID). The HSD-440 terminal reads the
first channel FWD ID from the EEPROM and performs a look-up for the second channel
FWD ID.
The ISN consists of the type approval number and the FWD ID address. Each FWD ID is
associated with Inmarsat Mobile Numbers (IMNs), which are the numbers that a user dials
from the ground to reach a terminal on an aircraft. There is a unique IMN for each of the
service types (e.g., data or voice).
23-15-30
1-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
C. Weight-On-Wheel (WOW) Pin Wiring
WOW discretes indicate when an aircraft is on the ground and are used for flight
data-logging purposes. These discretes are not required on the typical installation, as
equivalent data indicating the aircraft is airborne is available (for example, true track and
groundspeed IRS information) and supplied to the HSD-440 terminal. Note 40 of ARINC
741 specification documentation defines the requirement for WOW data.
D. IRS ARINC 429 Interface
Table 1-5 shows the IRS ARINC 429 bus labels and associated data types. For more
details on characteristics, refer to Appendix 10 of the ARINC 704-7, Inertial Reference
System document.
Table 1-5 ARINC 429 IRS Navigational Requirements
Label (Octal)
Name
310
Interval Rate
Min (ms)
Max (ms)
Latitude
100
200
311
Longitude
100
200
312
Ground speed
25
50
313
True track
25
50
314
True heading
25
50
324
Pitch angle
10
20
325
Roll angle
10
20
361
Altitude
20
40
In Stand-Alone installations, the HSD-440 terminal requires high-speed, ARINC 429, IRS
Navigational information (as shown in Table 1-5) to compute the azimuth/elevation for
antenna pointing and aircraft attitude information for Doppler correction.
E. Antenna Interface
In Stand-Alone Mode installations, the HSD-440 terminal interfaces to any
mechanically-steered, conformal-array, or phased-array antenna subsystems compatible
with ARINC 741 or 781. The antenna-steering commands and status messages are
communicated between the HSD-440 terminal and antenna subsystem over ARINC 429,
multi-control, Top/Port and/or Starboard BITE and HPA mute buses, as defined in ARINC
741, Part 1.
F.
Owner’s Requirements Table (ORT)
The ORT preserves information relevant to the operation and configuration of the
HSD-440 terminal when the terminal is shut down.
23-15-30
1-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
G. CMU
Each HSD-440 terminal can be connected to up to two CMUs. The CMUs operate in two
modes: it can select from a number of Satellite Service Providers rather than Inmarsat
only, or it can operate with no preferred Satellite Service Provider.
The HSD-440 terminal exchanges information with the CMU over ARINC 429 interfaces.
The default speed is low, but you can set the speed of the buses to high in the ORT.
H. MCDU
The MCDU is an interface display that lets you communicate with systems on an aircraft,
including CMU and the HSD-440 terminal.
At power up, the HSD-440 terminal broadcasts its subsystem identifier word, with label
172 and subsystem SAL 307, approximately once per second. The MCDU finds this label
and sends an ENQ (enquiry) word to request menu text. This exchange proceeds, as per
ARINC 739 requirements, to transfer data between the MCDU and the HSD-440 terminal.
Once active communication has been established between the units and the menu text
has been loaded to the MCDU, the HSD-440 terminal continues scanning its ARINC 429
receiving port for activity from the MCDU. The MCDU transfers information to the HSD-440
terminal one character at a time.
Users can make air-to-ground voice calls with the MCDU. Incoming calls are announced
by a combination of lights or chimes according to the way in which the terminal is strapped.
I.
Antenna Subsystem RF Interface
The system RF parameters, such as cable losses and antenna gain, are delimited to make
sure that the HSD-440 terminal performance requirements are met. Refer to "Installation"
on page 3-1 for a definition of these parameters and their expected values.
J. Remote Status Panel (Optional)
The outputs to the optional remote status panel provide a visual indication of the
operational status of the HSD-440 terminal; they mirror the front panel LEDs labeled as
Power (LED1) and Fault (LED2), as defined in Table 1-6. Refer to "Installation" on page
3-1 for detailed installation and circuit requirements.
Table 1-6 HSD-440 Terminal LED Output Designations
LED Signal
Label
LED Color
Indication Description
LED1
Power
On
Green
Power On: HSD-440 terminal supply voltage is
active. Flashes at 1 Hz when the HPA is
transmitting
LED2
Fault
Red
Fault: Fault condition as described in "Fault
Conditions" on page 1-14
23-15-30
1-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
K. Fault Conditions
A failure in the HSD-440 terminal may be due to a number of fault conditions. Upon
detection of a fault condition, the HSD-440 terminal activates its red, Fault LED. The
potential fault conditions are as follows:
•
Channel card fault
•
HPA fault
•
Internal ROM fault
•
Internal RAM fault
•
Over temperature fault
L. Remote Reset
The remote reset output provides an external reset function for the complete HSD-440
terminal. Pressing the momentary normally open (NO) switch resets the system's
processor-card circuitry.
The remote reset has the same function as pressing the test button on the front panel of
the terminal.
8.
User Interfaces
The HSD-440 terminal can support multiple voice and data communication configurations.
The most likely user configurations include a networking device such as a router that allows
multiple users to optimize and share the channel capability offered by the HSD-440 terminal.
The networking device must be able to decide which combination of services is required at
any particular moment and activate it accordingly. Therefore, simultaneous Ethernet and ISDN
connections are required.
A different way to achieve this effect is for one of the Ethernet ports to carry a PPPoE virtual
connection between the networking device (typically a router) and the HSD-440 terminal.
Support for PPPoE is also required on the user's side. HSD-440 terminals support two Ethernet
interfaces. Ethernet can provide SBB, SCPC, or MPDS services; whereas, ISDN (BRI-ST) is
only capable of SCPC service.
Voice and fax devices are supported by direct connection to the HSD-440 terminal via EURO
ISDN telephones and fax machines or by indirect connection to a router or TA. Two-wire
telephone handsets or voice devices (PBXs) may be directly connected to the POTS ports.
HSD-440 terminals support two Swift64 Mobile ISDN voice or SCPC data services, one
instance of MPDS over Ethernet (PPPoE), or a single SBB connection.
A. ISDN Circuit-Switched Data Interface
HSD-440 terminals connect to a variety of interface options. The physical interface for
ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of connections to user
equipment.
HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T bus interface, which is capable of hosting up
to seven external physical connections to EURO ISDN devices.
23-15-30
1-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The Swift64 channel card supports communications with two, 64 kbps, ISDN B channels
on the ISDN interface. If the channels are busy or in-call, the request for service is denied.
Several ISDN interface options are shown in Figure 1-3. In the illustrated example, the
ISDN port is used for circuit-switched services (Swift64 Mobile ISDN) or SBB voice.
NOTE: Activating an MPDS session temporarily disables the ISDN port while MPDS
service is in-use.
For connection to Inmarsat Mobile ISDN services, install an RJ45 interface connector in
the cabin area. "Installation" on page 3-1 describes the RJ45 connector and cable
termination.
Figure 1-3 ISDN Connection Options
B. Ethernet Data Interfaces
HSD-440 terminals provide two Ethernet data interfaces.
Each Ethernet port provides a 10 Mbps access, with a 10BASE-T physical interface. The
HSD-440 terminal data I/O controller takes the PPP data stream and directs it to the
required port on the channel card, depending on the type of service selected by the user.
PPPoE is required on the user equipment to allow the establishment of virtual connections
to either service. You can use the Ethernet ports for either SBB, Swift64 Mobile ISDN, or
MPDS service.
23-15-30
1-15
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
C. ISDN S/T Interface
HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T physical interface that supports up to seven
external connections to TA or TE devices.
NOTE: An HSD-440 terminal data I/O card type 4 uses one S/T bus device connection
for system use.
You can install RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area to facilitate connection to the
ISDN interface. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for a description of the RJ45 connector
and cable termination.
D. POTS Tip/Ring Interfaces
The HSD-440 terminal includes two POTS analog interfaces. The default setting for
channel 1 is 64 kbps speech (Swift64) or AMBE+2 (SBB), and the default setting for
channel 2 is 3.1 kbps audio (Swfit64 and SBB), which is appropriate for fax calls. These
settings can be changed in the data I/O settings using the MPU.
E. Maintenance Port Interface
The HSD-440 terminal is equipped with a maintenance port, located on the front panel of
the HSD-440 terminal, with remote access also available through the rear ARINC 600
connector.
NOTE: Access to maintenance functions of the HSD-440 terminal in flight is only available
through the remote access port.
The maintenance port provides the physical connection to a password-protected
Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) that provides a system interface for users or service
personnel who need to upgrade, monitor, or troubleshoot the system.
The user connects to the maintenance port either through the maintenance 25-pin socket
D-Sub (DB25) connector on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal or through a remote
9-pin socket D-Sub (DB9) connector via the ARINC 600 connector, as described in
"Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.
The HSD-440 terminal supports two different end user access levels within the
maintenance port architecture: End User and Field Representative. End User access is
only available when the WOW straps indicate that the aircraft is on the ground.
"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 provides a detailed description of the two levels of user
access and the menus, report selections, functions, and system diagnostic procedures of
the HSD-440 terminal MPU.
9.
Initiated Self-Test
The initiated self-test occurs during the power up sequence or you depress and hold down
the TEST button on the front panel of the terminal for 100 milliseconds or more. The initiated
self-test provides the same function as the remote reset switch.
23-15-30
1-16
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
10. Modes of Operation
The HSD-440 terminal currently operates in Stand-Alone Mode only. In Stand-Alone Mode,
the HSD-440 terminal controls both the internal HPA and antenna.
The system supports up to two channels in multiple combinations of Swift64 ISDN and Swift64
MPDS service or one channel SBB. The maximum number of simultaneous Swift64 ISDN
service channels is two.
23-15-30
1-17
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
1-18
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
SYSTEM OPERATION
This section provides basic information on registering and operating the HSD-440 terminal,
including the following sections:
1.
•
Registering and Activating Terminals
•
Configuring Terminals
•
Using Terminals
Registering and Activating Terminals
Registering and activating an HSD-440 terminal has the following steps:
•
Preparing Terminal Information
•
Obtaining ICAO Addresses
•
Choosing Service Providers
•
Registering Terminals
A. Preparing Terminal Information
Before installing the HSD-440 terminal, obtain an ISN and identify the Swift64 terminal
type and service category.
(1) Obtaining ISNs
EMS SATCOM provides ISNs for the HSD-440 terminal based on the intended
installation configuration. The last six digits of the ISN are the Forward ID.
When requesting ISNs, please have the following information available:
•
End customer name, including contact information
•
Purchase order number
•
Tail registration number, aircraft type, and serial number of the aircraft on which
the terminal is being installed
•
Serial number of the HSD-440 terminal(s)
EMS SATCOM Product Support is available Monday to Friday from 8 am to 5 pm
(EST). On-call support is available outside business hours, Eastern Standard Time.
Contact information for EMS SATCOM:
Product Support
1.888.300.7415
Product Support direct
1.613.591.3086
Canada and USA toll-free Sales 1.800.600.9759
Outside Canada and USA
1.613.591.9064
Fax:
1.613.591.9120
Web:
www.emssatcom.com
23-15-30
2-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(2) Identifying the Service Category and Terminal Type
Register HSD-440 terminals as Category A systems.
Table 2-1and Table 2-2 list the terminal type, frequency category, and currently
supported service types for the HSD-440 terminal stand-alone mode installations.
Table 2-1 HSD-440 Terminal Frequency Category and Type
Service Type
Inmarsat Frequency Category
Terminal Type Approval
Swift64
Category A
76ES10
SBB
Category A
B6ES04
Table 2-2 HSD-440 Terminal Service Types
Service Type
Supported Services
Classic
C-channel Voice
P/R/T Data
Swift64
64 kbps Speech
3.1 kHz Audio
56 kbps Data
64 kbps UDI
MPDS
SwiftBroadband
3.1 kHz Audio
56 kbps Data
64 kbps UDI
AMBE+2
Packet-switched services: Background (up to 432
kbps), Streaming (32 kbps, 64 kbps, 128 kbps)
B. Obtaining ICAO Addresses
Obtain your ICAO address from your local aeronautical authority. Your service provider
will require this address when you register.
C. Choosing Service Providers
Contact Inmarsat for an up-to-date list of Inmarsat Service Providers using the following
contact information:
Inmarsat
99 City Road, London
EC1Y 1AX
Tel: +44 20 7728 1000
Fax: +44 20 728 1044
Customer Care
Tel: +44 20 7728 1777
Fax: +44 20 7728 1142
Email: customer_care@inmarsat.com
Web address: www.inmarsat.com
23-15-30
2-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
D. Registering Terminals
Contact your Inmarsat service provider and ask for a Registration for service activation
of Aircraft Earth Station form. With this form, you can register for both Swift64 services
and Aero H+ services. Both of these activations are required for the terminal to operate.
The services available depend on your service provider.
To complete the registration form, the following information is needed:
•
Customer information (address and contact information)
•
Service provider details (obtained from your ISP)
•
System and terminal information (terminal type, manufacturer, model number, serial
number of terminal)
•
ICAO 24 bit technical address for Aero H+ services
•
ISN for Swift64 services
•
Aircraft information (tail number, fuselage/airframe number, manufacturer and model,
and country of registration)
•
List of services required (e.g., Swift64 Mobile ISDN, Aero H+ data-2)
To register for SBB services, request an SBB Activation form from your service provider.
2.
Configuring Terminals
This section provides basic information about configuring HSD-440 terminals for operation
with user devices.
You can follow the procedures in the following sections to configure the HSD-440 terminal:
•
"Setting up Airborne Networks" on page 2-3
•
"Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services" on page 2-3
•
"Configuring Terminal Categories" on page 2-6
•
“Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)” on page 2-7
•
"Configuring LES Access Codes" on page 2-7
•
“Configuring ORs” on page 2-9
•
“Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB” on page 2-10
•
“Removing the LED Label” on page 2-11
•
"Activating Configurations" on page 2-11
•
"Verifying Configurations" on page 2-11
A. Setting up Airborne Networks
For information about setting up airborne networks, refer to the eNfusion™ High-speed
Data Terminal Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.
B. Mapping User Devices for ISDN Services
This section describes how the HSD-440 terminal manages ISDN traffic for user devices
connected to the network.
23-15-30
2-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
HSD-440 terminals support connection to a multitude of user devices, allowing the user
to customize their system. Because each equipment setup is different, the HSD-440
terminal uses routing codes to make sure that incoming calls (whether data or voice) reach
the appropriate device. These same routing codes also direct outgoing calls to the
appropriate Swift64 service type supported by the Inmarsat Satellite Communications
Network (3.1 kHz audio, 64 kbps speech, 64 kbps data, or 56 kbps data).
The physical interface for ISDN service is EURO S/T, which supports several types of
connections to user equipment. HSD-440 terminals provide one ISDN S/T (BRI) Bus
interface.
The ISDN bus is capable of hosting up to 8 EURO ISDN physical devices.
The channel card provides two Swift64 channels. If the channels are busy or in-call, the
request for service is denied (the system is busy).
Refer to Table 2-3, Table 2-4, and Table 2-5 for the default MSNs assigned within the
HSD-440 terminal.
Table 2-3 Service Types and MSNs
Service Type
IMN
MSN
64 kbps speech
60xxxxxx1 (See Note below)
MSN 401
3.1 kHz audio
60xxxxxx2
MSN 20
56 kbps data
60xxxxxx3
MSN 30
64 kbps data
60xxxxxx4
MSN 102
60xxxxxx5
MSN 112
60xxxxxx6
MSN 122
AMBE+2
Default SBB service—
no MSN required
1. Not a supported SBB service type.
2. Not used for SBB services.
NOTE: IMNs shown are examples only. Actual IMNs may not be assigned in numerical
sequence.
(1) IMNs
IMNs are unique routing numbers that act similarly to telephone numbers. IMNs are
assigned by Inmarsat to each service type (64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, 56 kbps
data, and 64 kbps data).
When registering your system, request IMNs for each service-type device attached
to the HSD-440 terminal on the Service Activation form. Although the service provider
may support an unlimited number of IMNs assigned to a particular system, the number
of physical connections available on a system defines the number of IMNs supported.
NOTE: To get assigned extra or multiple IMNs per service type, you must request
them from your service provider when filling out your service registration and
application form.
23-15-30
2-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The numbering of IMNs varies from one type of Inmarsat service to another. For
troubleshooting purposes, understanding the IMN format can assist in verifying that
the correct service type is assigned to connecting devices. Inmarsat IMNs (for this
type of terminal) use the following nine-digit format:
IMN Format: T1- T2- X1- X2 -X3 -X4 -X5- X6- X7
Numerical Example:600221989 (for 64 kbps data)
T1 and T2 are two-digit identifiers for Inmarsat service types. X1 through X7 can be
any digit between 0 and 9. The IMNs for the 56 kbps and 64 kbps service types
(including ISDN speech and 3.1 kHz audio) are identified by the T1 and T2 numbers
6 and 0.
(2) MSNs
MSNs act as identification and routing codes for user devices attached to the HSD-440
terminal ISDN bus. MSNs identify the device on the system so that incoming calls
route to the appropriate device. Each device must be assigned an appropriate MSN
to identify to the Inmarsat system what type of service that device needs on outgoing
calls. The MSNs also provide routing information for incoming calls.
For a simplified understanding of MSNs, equate them to telephone extension numbers
(where the IMN is the PBX telephone number and the MSN is the extension number).
The HSD-440 terminal channel card is assigned one FWD ID and an IMN for each
service type for which the system is registered with the service provider. Table 2-4
provides the list of the MSNs recognized by the HSD-440 terminal. 64 kbps data
service supports multiple MSNs. The MSNs are assigned to each IMN as follows:
•
One MSN for the service types 64 kbps speech, 3.1 kHz audio, and 56 kbps data
•
Three MSNs for 64 kbps data
The three MSNs assigned to 64 kbps ISDN support connection to three separate
devices mapped to separate but similar IMNs.
NOTE: Incoming voice calls will ring any phone devices not programmed with an
MSN (left blank) including 64 kbps speech, and 3.1 kHz audio calls.
Configure all devices (e.g., telephones, fax machines, laptops) connected to HSD-440
terminals with an appropriate MSN. Refer to the device manufacturer's user
documentation for specific instructions to enter or configure the MSN.
Table 2-4 MSNs
FWD ID
Service Type
IMN
MSN
Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)
64 kbps speech
60xxxxxxx
40
Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)
3.1 kHz audio
60xxxxxxx
20
Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)
56 kbps data
60xxxxxxx
30
Channel card 1 (XAXXXX)
64 kbps data
60xxxxxxx
10, 11, 12
23-15-30
2-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 2-5 System Assignments for Incoming Calls
Entry
C.
Periph
MSN
TID
Call Type
Redir
ISDN
NO_ID\
91
800124
Mobile aero 64k speech
ISDN
10\
51
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
ISDN
11\
52
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
ISDN
12\
53
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
ISDN
NO_ID\
51
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
Bonded
NO_ID\
51
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
ISDN
20\
61
800625
Mobile aero 64k audio 3.1
ISDN
NO_ID\
61
800625
Mobile aero 64k audio 3.1
10
Bonded
NO_ID\
61
800625
Mobile aero 64k audio 3.1
11
ISDN
30\
71
800623
Mobile aero 56k UDI
12
ISDN
NO_ID\
71
800623
Mobile aero 56k UDI
13
Bonded
NO_ID\
71
800623
Mobile aero 56k UDI
14
ISDN
40\
91
800124
Mobile aero 64k speech
15
Bonded
NO_ID\
91
800124
Mobile aero 64k speech
Understanding CMU Messages
The CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of communications:
Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both types of
communication are supported at the same time.
Appendix F: “ACARS/CMU Messages” on page F-1 includes descriptions of the
messages that the CMU will transmit to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the
HSD-440 terminal.
D. Configuring Terminal Categories
This section describes how to configure the system parameters using the MPU.
For this release, the HSD-440 terminal is in Stand-Alone Mode by default. The factory
default for the Terminal Category is configured to 2=HW Strapping. If the HSD-440 terminal
does not have the recommended hardware strapping for the system configuration, the
terminal category must be configured using the HSD-440 terminal maintenance port
EEPROM parameters.
To configure the Terminal Category:
1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal as described
in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1, and then power up the system.
2. To select misc. EEPROM parameters, in Menu 3, press M.
The Miscellaneous Parameters list appears. The available parameters may differ
depending on the version of control processor software.
3. To select the Terminal Category, type 16, and then press ENTER.
The Terminal Category Menu appears.
23-15-30
2-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
4. To select Stand-Alone, press 1, and then press ENTER.
A system message appears stating that the EEPROM has been updated. This
completes the configuration of the terminal category for Stand-Alone Mode.
5. To activate the new configuration, reset the HSD-440 terminal.
E. Configuring the APN (Access Point Name)
The APN is the gateway between the SBB core network and the internet. To obtain the
APN, contact your service provider.
To configure the APN:
1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-400 terminal—see
"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.
2. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.
3. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, type m.
4. To navigate to parameters between 73 and 102, press CTRL + N.
5. To configure parameter 99, type 99, and then press ENTER.
6. To configure your APN, type your APN IP address and press ENTER.
An EEPROM UPDATED message appears—the APN is saved in the EEPROM.
F.
Configuring LES Access Codes
This section describes how to configure the HSD-440 terminal with the LES Access Codes
provided by your Inmarsat service provider.
Inmarsat assigns each LES an access code. These access codes are used by the
Inmarsat system to route calls to the correct OR Satellite and LES.
NOTE: You can remove the label that covers the LES Access Codes LEDs once you have
configured the LES Access Codes.
NOTE: HSD-440 terminals are shipped with the factory default LES Access Codes set to
0 (zero). All HSD-440 terminals must be configured with the valid LES Access
Codes provided by your ISP.
NOTE: When configuring the LES Access Codes using the HSD-440 terminal MPU, the
application requests the input of a Secondary LES Access Code. At the time of
writing, Inmarsat has not implemented the recognition of the secondary LES value
in their systems. However, a valid Secondary LES Access Code must be entered
in the HSD-440 terminal. The Secondary LES Access Code must be the same as
the Primary LES Access Code.
23-15-30
2-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 2-6 Inmarsat Swift64 LES Operator and Access Codes
OR
Land Earth Station
Operator
Country
AOR-E
AOR-W
IOR
POR
Vizada
USA
001
001
001
001
Stratos
UK/Canada
002
002
002
002
Stratos (Auckland LES)
New Zealand
Xantic (Burum LES)
Netherlands
012
012
012
012
Xantic (Perth LES)
Australia
(1) Changing LES Access Codes using the Control Processor Software
To change all of the LES Access Codes simultaneously to the same LES Access Code:
1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see
"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.
2. Type the password maint.
3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.
4. In Menu 3, press K.
5. Follow the application prompts, and enter the LES Access Code.
(2) Changing LES Access Codes on a Call-by-Call Basis
To change the LES Access Code on a call-by-call basis in all control processor
software versions:
•
Enter the following dial-sequence (Xantic POR LES Access Code [012] as an
example only):
901 + LES CODE + International Code + Country Code
+ Area Code + Telephone Number + POUND/HASH KEY
Example: 901 + 012 + 00 + 1+ 613+5551212 + #
NOTE: You can also change the LES code on a call-by-call basis using the Dial Code
Prefix 901 when troubleshooting and diagnosing network problems.
G.
Configuring Forward IDs
To configure Forward IDs:
1. Connect to the Maintenance Port Utility (MPU) of the HSD-440 terminal—see
"Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for connection details.
2. Type the password maint.
3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.
4. To set control processor ORT parameters, press K.
5. To configure the Forward ID, type 32, and then press ENTER.
23-15-30
2-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
6. Type the Forward ID, and then press ENTER.
NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be reset for the Forward ID to take effect.
H.
Configuring ORs
Each OR provides access to specific services. ORs must be configured to support SBB
where SBB services are available.
Table 2-7 lists the regions where SBB services are available at the time of publishing.
Table 2-7 Ocean Regions Supporting SBB
Region Name
Sat. Long.
Americas
98.0W
EMEA
25.0E
Asia-Pacific
178.0E
To configure ORs for SBB:
1. Connect to the HSD-440 terminal’s MPU—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2.
2. To navigate to Menu 3, press CTRL + N.
3. To see the current OR parameters, press P.
4. Press the number corresponding to the OR.
5. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default OR name.
6. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default longitude.
7. At the command prompt, press ENTER to accept the default terrestrial network ID.
8. At the command prompt, type the letter of each satellite service accessible in that OR.
You can configure the OR for two or three services. For example, asb configures the
OR for Aero, Swift64, and SBB.
9. If you are finished configuring the HSD-440 terminal, reboot the system.
Selection of ORs should be set to automatic. If the aircraft will not fly between ORs, one
OR may be selected.
To set OR selection to automatic:
1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—-see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for
more information about connecting to the MPU.
2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N.
3. To set ORs, press O.
4. At the command prompt, type -1.
23-15-30
2-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
To select one OR:
1. Connect to the MPU of the HSD-440 terminal—see "Terminal MPU" on page 4-2 for
more information about connecting to the MPU.
2. To navigate to Menu 4, press CTRL + N.
3. To set ORs, press O.
4. To select an OR, type the number of that OR.
I.
Configuring the Channel Cards for Swift64 and SBB
The channel cards access and assign priority to Swift64 and SBB services according to
the following rules:
•
Give priority to SBB, but access Swift64 when SBB is not available
•
Never permit access to Swift64
•
Give priority to Swift64, but access SBB when Swift64 is not available
To configure a channel card for Swift64 and SBB
1. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD terminal. For more
information, refer to “Terminal MPU” on page 4-2.
2. To access the maintenance menus, type the password maint.
The password does not appear on the screen.
Maintenance menu 1 appears.
3. To navigate to maintenance menu 3, press CTRL + N.
4. To access miscellaneous EEPROM parameters, press m.
5. To access channel card configuration parameters, type 97, and then press ENTER.
The current channel card configuration appears. In the example below, channel card
one is operating as a Type 6 BGAN (SBB) terminal that can access Swift64 services
when SBB is not available.
6. To configure the operating mode of channel card one, press the key corresponding
to one of the options provided.
7. To configure the HSD-440 terminal to operate as a type 6 terminal, press 6.
The HSD-440 terminal can operate only as a type 6 terminal.
23-15-30
2-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
8. To assign a priority to Swift64 and SBB services, press the key corresponding to a
priority setting shown below.
The prompt for channel card two configuration appears.
9. To save changes, reset the HSD-440 terminal.
J. Removing the LED Label
A label covers the LES Access Codes LEDs. You can remove this label once you have
configured the LES Access Codes.
K. Activating Configurations
After configuring the HSD-440 terminal parameters, the HSD-440 terminal must be reset
using one of the following methods:
•
In Menu 2, press Z
•
Cycle the power to the HSD-440 terminal
•
Press the reset or remote reset button on HSD-440 terminals installed in Stand-Alone
Mode
When the reset or restart is completed, the configuration values and parameters are
activated.
L. Verifying Configurations
This section describes how to view the HSD-440 terminal configuration parameters.
To view the HSD-440 terminal ORT system configuration:
1. In Menu 3, press H.
The List ORT appears.
2. Press 1 to display the CP ORT.
3. To scroll through the listing, press H.
23-15-30
2-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
3.
Using Terminals
This section describes how to:
•
Place Swift64 voice and fax calls using the ISDN interface of the HSD-440 terminal
•
Use the MPDS and Mobile ISDN data connections
•
Operate the MCDU
•
Operate Cockpit Communications
A. Placing Swift64 Voice and Fax Calls
Placing voice and fax calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international
telephone call or entering a telephone number for dial-up networking data calls. Like
international telephone numbers, the HSD-440 terminal dialing-number-sequence
includes different routing components or codes. Figure 2-1 illustrates the required order
of the dialing components.
Figure 2-1 Dialing-Sequence Components
Each dialing sequence component serves a different routing function:
•
Dial Code Prefix:
Use service-specific Dial Code Prefixes when sending a fax or using analog modems,
or for overriding system defaults to force the system to request a specific service type.
Figure 2-1 uses the Dial Code Prefix for 3.1 KHz audio service type (*82*). See
Table 2-8 for other Dial Code Prefixes.
•
International Access Code:
Use the international access code of the ground location when making ground-to-air
calls. The international access code for all airborne equipment is 00.
•
Country Code:
Use the Public Switch Telephone Network (PSTN) number assigned to the country of
your call destination.
23-15-30
2-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
•
Area Code (and City Code, if applicable):
Use the PSTN routing number assigned to the area (and if applicable, city) of your
call destination.
•
POUND SIGN (#):
To signal the system to send the call, at the end of the telephone dial string, press or
enter POUND SIGN. Certain devices using the HSD-440 terminal may not have the
function to insert the POUND SIGN at the end of the dialing sequence. For those
devices, additional Dial Code Prefixes are required to override the send command
requirement. Refer to Table 2-9 for more information.
(1) Dial Code Prefixes
Although the system automatically selects the appropriate service types on outgoing
calls for ISDN devices, a Dial Code Prefix is required to send a fax, identify an
analogue modem, or force the system to override the system defaults to select a
specific service type (see Table 2-8).
The system requires the Dial Code Prefix *82* for sending faxes or when using
analogue modems. It forces the system to request the required 3.1 kHz audio service
from the Inmarsat Satellite Communications Network. If required, use the Dial Code
Prefixes to override the system defaults for selecting specific service types. Dial Code
Prefixes for all service types require an asterisk (*) before and after the code number.
Other Dial Code Prefixes provide system overrides required if you are using devices
that cannot add a POUND SIGN to the dialing string or devices that are slow dialing.
Table 2-8 provides a description of the additional Dial Code Prefixes used for system
overrides for Swift64 and SBB. Table 2-6 provides a list of the LESs and their
associated codes.
Note:
Prefix *83* is not supported for SBB.
Table 2-8 Dial Code Prefixes for Forcing Service Type Selection
Service Type
Speech 64 kbps
Service Description
Dial Code Prefix
(Forces service
selection)
High-Speed Voice
*81*
3.1 kHz audio
Fax, analogue modem, STU-III, STE
*82*
56 kbps data
High-speed data
*83*
64 kbps data
High-speed data
*84*
AMBE+2 (SBB)
23-15-30
2-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 2-9 Dial Code Prefixes for System Overrides
Dial Code
Prefix
Reason for Override
Use this Dial Code Prefix to override the
default LES configured in the system.
901 + LES
CODE
901 + LES CODE + International
Code + Country Code + Area Code +
Telephone Number + POUND KEY
901 + 002 + 00 + 1+ 613 +5551212
+ POUND KEY
902
902 + International Code + Country
Code + Area Code + Telephone
Number
902 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212
903
903 + International Code + Country
Code + Area Code + Telephone
Number
903 + 00 + 1+ 613 + 5551212
This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to
override the default LES and use the selected
LES instead. (See Figure 2-8 or contact
Inmarsat for Swift64 LES codes).
Use with devices that cannot produce or add
a POUND SIGN to end the dialing sequence.
This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to
send the call after a specified delay in user
input when the POUND SIGN cannot be
entered.
Use with slow dialing devices that cannot
produce or add a POUND SIGN to end the
dialing sequence.
Example Dialing Sequence
This Dial Code Prefix signals the system to
send the call after a specified delay in user
input.
(2) Mobile-to-Mobile Communication
The HSD-440 terminal provides a two-way link for aircraft-to-aircraft communication.
Calling an aircraft requires additional information. You need to know the IMN of the
device or service on the aircraft you are calling. Table 2-10 lists the SNAC and the
Satellite OR number.
Table 2-10 Satellite OR Codes
Code Name
SNAC
Code Number
870
B. Using Data Connections
For information about data connections, optimizing your airborne network and selecting
the service that best meets your needs, refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal
Developer’s Guide, MN-1252-13005.
Refer to the HSD High-speed Data Terminal Setup Guide, MN-1110-10048, for instructions
on configuring dial-up networking connections.
23-15-30
2-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
C. Operating the MCDU
The MCDU interface includes output and input ports, the screen, and the keyboard.
NOTE: The following descriptions apply to a Universal MCDU. Other MCDU types may
differ slightly.
(1) Output Ports
The MCDU transfers its identification and commands to the HSD-440 terminal using
32 bit words and a 12-14.5 kbps output port, as defined in ARINC Specification 429,
Digital Information Transfer System (DITS).
(2) Input Ports
The MCDU receives identification information and display data from individual
subsystems using seven input ports, as defined by ARINC Specification 429. Ports 1
and 2 are reserved for FMSs, and they operate at 100 kbps. Ports 3–7 are available
for the MCDU to communicate with the HSD-440 terminal, and they operate at 12-14.5
kbps.
(3) Screen
The MCDU displays all data on the screen, as shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2 MCDU Screen
The screen is divided into 14 rows and 24 columns. The first line is usually the title
line for the displayed menu. The last line, called the scratchpad, is where you can see
the data you have entered on the keyboard.
Between the title line and the scratchpad are six pairs of lines that correspond to the
six line select (LS) keys on either side of the screen. The upper line of each pair is
the label line, and the lower line is the data line. The six keys are designated left (L)
and right (R) and numbered 1–6 from top to bottom.
(4) Keyboard
The MCDU’s keyboard includes a set of numeric keys and a set of alphabetic keys,
both of which you can use to enter data into the MCDU.
The keyboard may include preset keys, such as the following:
•
The IDX or MAIN MENU key: this key returns you to the MCDU’s main menu.
23-15-30
2-15
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
•
The CLR key: this key clears any text you type into the scratchpad.
•
The NEXT PAGE key: this key brings up the next page of a menu if one is
available.
You can program the other keys in the keyboard according to your requirements.
(5) Special Symbols
Because of space constraints on the screen, the MCDU uses a number of special
symbols to indicate actions:
•
< and > appear at the far left or right to indicate that another menu page is available
in that direction.
•
NUMBER/NUMBER appears to tell you which page out of how many pages you
are viewing. For example, 1/2 would appear when you are on page 1 of 2 pages
in total.
•
* appears when an action is associated with that key. For example, pushing the
key beside the * could make a phone call, enter a password, or initiate a log off.
•
[ and ] appear around the first item in a list. Each instance of a list should be below
a line item with a * beside it. You can push the key beside the * repeatedly to
display the other items in the list. See ARINC 739A, section 3 and Attachment 10
for details.
(6) Navigating the MCDU
The MCDU includes a number of menus, as shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3 MCDU Menus
This section will help you perform the following tasks:
•
Modifying Logon Settings
•
Viewing Channel Status
•
Performing Maintenance
23-15-30
2-16
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(7) Modifying Logon Settings
You can control how the HSD-440 terminal logs onto the network with the MCDU.
(a) Viewing the Logon Status
The logon status defines whether the HSD-440 terminal is currently logged on
or logged off.
To view the logon status:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-4. The
MCDU displays the log status on the line below SATCOM AERO LOGON
as LOGGED ON or NOT LOGGED ON.
Figure 2-4 SATCOM AERO LOGON Menu
(b) Selecting GESs
You can change the GES preferences using the MCDU.
To select a GES:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.
(c)
2.
Press the key next to GES until the MCDU displays the GES you want to
associate with that channel.
3.
Press the key next to SAVE.
Changing Logon Mode
You can set the HSD-440 terminal to log on automatically or manually.
23-15-30
2-17
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
To change the logon mode:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.
2.
Press the key next to LOGON MODE until the MCDU displays the desired
logon mode.
3.
Press the key next to SAVE.
(d) Changing Logon Satellite ID
You can change the satellite ID to which the HSD-440 terminal will log on.
To change the logon satellite ID:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.
2.
Press the key next to SAT ID until the MCDU displays the satellite ID to which
you want the HSD-440 terminal to log on.
3.
Press the key next to SAVE.
(e) Logging on Manually
If you have configured the HSD-440 terminal to require a manual logon, you can
log on manually using the MCDU.
To log on manually:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.
2.
To start the manual logon sequence, press the key next to LOGON.
CONFIRM appears on the line below LOGON when the logon sequence is
complete.
(f)
Logging Off
You can initiate the log off sequence from the HSD-440 terminal with the MCDU.
To log off:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to AERO
LOGON.
The SATCOM AERO LOGON menu appears.
2.
Press the key next to LOGOFF.
(8) Viewing Channel Status
From the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, you can view the status of each
of the four channels on the HSD-440 terminal.
23-15-30
2-18
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
To view the status menu for a channel:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5,
press the key next to AERO STAT to view the SATCOM AERO STAT menu
or press the key next to HSD STAT to view the SATCOM HSD STAT menu.
The SATCOM AERO STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-6. The SATCOM HSD
STAT menu is shown in Figure 2-7.
Figure 2-5 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 2)
Figure 2-6 SATCOM AERO STATUS Menu
23-15-30
2-19
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-7 SATCOM HSD STATUS Menu
2.
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to the channel for which you wish to view the status.
The menu for Aero Card 2, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-8. The menu for
HSD Card 1, Channel 1 is shown in Figure 2-9. Similar menus are available
for the remaining channel cards.
Figure 2-8 SATCOM AERO CARD2 CH1 STAT Menu
23-15-30
2-20
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-9 SATCOM HSD CARD1 CH1 STAT Menu
On the channel status menu (Figure 2-8 and Figure 2-9), you can view the following
detailed information about the operation of a channel:
•
Logon status
•
Call termination code
•
Transmitter Effect Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP)
•
Receiver carrier-to-noise ratio
•
Service type
•
Number of bits transmitted per second (kbps)
•
Number of bits received per second (kbps)
•
Service information
•
Satellite ID
(a) Viewing the Logon Status
To view the logon status for AERO channels:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which
you wish to view the logon status.
The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below LOGON as either
VALID or INVALID.
To view the logon status for HSD channels:
•
On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which
you wish to view the logon status.
The MCDU displays the logon status on the line below ORR STAT as either
VALID or INVALID.
23-15-30
2-21
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(b) Viewing the Call Termination Code
The call termination code is a two-digit number that corresponds to a call
termination reason, such as a line failure.
NOTE: Call Termination Code is not available for Aero channels.
To view the call termination code for HSD channels:
•
On the SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press the key next to channel for which
you wish to view the call termination code.
The MCDU displays the call termination code on the line below CALL TERM.
(c)
Viewing the Transmitter EIRP
To view the transmitter EIRP:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view the transmitter EIRP.
The MCDU displays the transmitter EIRP on the line below TX EIRP.
(d) Viewing the Receiver Carrier-to-Noise Ratio
To view the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view the receiver
carrier-to-noise ratio.
The MCDU displays the receiver carrier-to-noise ratio on the line below RX
C/NO.
(e) Viewing the Service Type
The MCDU displays the service type as an acronym.
To view the service type:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view the service type.
The MCDU displays the service type on the line below SERV TYPE.
(f)
Viewing the Number of Bits Transmitted Per Second
The number of bits being transmitted per second is expressed in kilobits per
second (kbps).
To view the number of bits being transmitted per second:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being
transmitted per second.
The number of bits being transmitted per second are displayed on the line
below TX KBPS. When a circuit switched service has been selected or
configured, the MCDU screen displays no data.
(g) Viewing the Number of Bits Received Per Second
The number of bits being received per second is expressed in kilobits per second
(kbps).
23-15-30
2-22
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
To view the number of bits being received per second:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view the number of bits being
received per second.
The number of bits being received per second are displayed on the line below
RX KBPS. When a circuit switched service has been selected or configured,
the MCDU screen displays no data.
(h) Viewing Service Information
If you have Aero service, service information includes the GES number and name
description. If you have GAN (Swift64) service, service information includes the
service provider number and name description.
To view service information:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view service information.
The MCDU displays the service information on the line below CONNECTED.
(i)
Viewing Satellite IDs
Satellite IDs include the index number of each satellite, a mnemonic and
abbreviated alphanumeric description, and the number of the spot beam that the
HSD-440 terminal is currently using.
To view satellite IDs:
•
On the SATCOM AERO STAT menu or SATCOM HSD STAT menu, press
the key next to channel for which you wish to view satellite IDs.
The MCDU displays the satellite IDs on the line below SAT.
NOTE: All channels and channel cards must be logged into the same
satellite; however, they may be operating through different spot
beams.
(9) Performing Maintenance
You can modify headset configuration and initiate self-tests on the HSD-440 terminal
from the MCDU.
(a) Modifying Headset Configuration
You can modify some headset configurations using the MCDU, including the
cockpit voice levels and noise insertion level.
The cockpit voice level refers to the level at which the cockpit microphone
transmits its signal and the level at which the headset/speaker receives its signal.
Noise insertion minimizes the amount of noise modulation you hear when the
GES drops its carrier in the forward direction during speech pauses.
To modify headset configuration:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-5,
press the key next to HEADSET CFG.
The SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-10.
23-15-30
2-23
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-10 SATCOM HEADSET CONFIG Menu
NOTE: The numbers move up and down by increments and decrements of
5.
2.
To increase or decrease the speaker, microphone, sidetone, and noise
insertion levels, press the keys next to DWN and UP.
3.
Press the key next to SAVE.
(b) Initiating a Person Activated Self Test (PAST)
CAUTION: INITIATING A PAST DROPS ANY VOICE OR DATA CALLS THAT
ARE IN PROGRESS.
A PAST completely resets the HSD-440 terminal. The HSD-440 terminal drops
any telephone calls that are in progress, and the AES drops off the Inmarsat
satellite communications system. When the HSD-440 terminal reboots, updated
BITE data appears on the appropriate screens in the MCDU. This is equivalent
to a POST.
The HSD-440 terminal performs a self-test during the power up sequence. You
can initiate a PAST by pressing the TEST button on the front panel of the
HSD-440 terminal and holding it down for three seconds or more. You can also
initiate a PAST through the MCDU.
NOTE: You can only initiate a PAST when the aircraft is on the ground.
NOTE: You can only access the MAINT menu if the “Allow MCDU PAST” ORT
setting is enabled.
To initiate a PAST:
1.
On the second page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to MAINT.
The SATCOM DIAG menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-11.
23-15-30
2-24
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-11 SATCOM DIAG Menu
2.
To initiate the PAST, press the key next to PAST.
D. Cockpit Communications
This section provides instructions for making calls with the MCDU and 4-wire voice
services available in the aircraft’s cockpit. The cockpit communications system operates
with a headset in the aircraft’s cockpit.
(1) Modes of Operation
The cockpit communication services are configured in one of two modes of operation
before installation: Latched mode and Push-to-Talk (PTT) mode. These configurations
are strapped at the terminal and cannot be changed without removing and rewiring
the terminal.
In PTT mode, a telephone number can be dialed only using the MCDU keys, not with
the switches on the cockpit communication console. In Latched mode, a call to a
telephone number loaded into the MCDU can be initiated using the switches on the
audio Control Panel (ACP), and calls can be answered and ended with the switches
and the MCDU buttons.
(2) Accepting and Making Calls
You can accept and make air-to-ground and air-to-air voice calls using the HSD-440
terminal, the MCDU, the ACP, and a 4-wire cockpit headset.
The way in which you can accept or make calls depends on the mode in which your
4-wire cockpit headset is strapped: PTT mode or Latched mode.
(a) PTT Mode
You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and
make air-to-air calls in PTT mode. You can make new calls or dial previously
saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.
23-15-30
2-25
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
1. Accepting Calls in PTT Mode
You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept incoming calls, including when
another call is in progress. The combination of lights and chimes that alert
you to an incoming call depends on the way in which the HSD-440 terminal
was strapped during its installation.
To accept a call in PTT mode:
1. To accept the call:
•
On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, as shown in Figure 2-12,
press the key next to ANSWER.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the
PTT 1 switch.
Figure 2-12 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2)
2. To end the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to END.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the
PTT 1 switch.
To accept a call in PTT mode when another call is in progress:
1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the
key next to ACCEPT.
The original call ends.
23-15-30
2-26
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
2. To end the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to END.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the
PTT 1 switch.
2. Making New Calls in PTT Mode
Making calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international
telephone call. Air-to-ground telephone numbers include an international
access code, country code, and area code. Air-to-air telephone numbers
include a SNAC or OR and an IMN.
International access codes and country codes are shown in Appendix G:
“International Access and Country Codes” on page G-1.
OR numbers are shown in Table 2-11.
Table 2-11 OR Numbers
OR
OR number
AOR-E
871
AOR-W
874
POR
872
IOR
873
To make a new call in PTT mode:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number
you want to call into the MCDU keyboard.
2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-12, press the key next to
PRIORITY.
Table 2-12 Priority Codes
Call priority
Description
EMG
Emergency—used for distress or urgent calls
OP-HI
Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communications
OP-LO
Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight,
Meteorological or Administrative communications
NON-OP
Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public
phone call (cabin) communications
23-15-30
2-27
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
3. To dial the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the
PTT 1 switch.
4. To end the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to END.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the
PTT 1 switch.
3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in PTT Mode
You can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s
telephone directory.
To make a call from the telephone directory in PTT mode:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.
The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-13.
Figure 2-13 SATCOM TEL DIR Menu
2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.
The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-14.
23-15-30
2-28
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-14 SATCOM TEL CAT 1 (Page 1 of 20)
3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.
The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15 SATCOM ENTRY Menu (Page 1 of 100)
4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL.
The MCDU’s main menu appears, as shown in Figure 2-16.
23-15-30
2-29
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 2-16 SATCOM MAIN MENU (Page 1 of 2)
5. To dial the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to DIAL NOW.
or
•
On the ACP, assert the PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or close the
PTT 1 switch.
6. To end the call:
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to END.
or
•
On the ACP, assert PLACE/END CALL 1 switch or open the PTT 1
switch.
(b) Latched Mode
You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept calls, make air-to-ground calls, and
make air-to-air calls in Latched mode. You can make new calls or dial previously
saved telephone numbers from the MCDU’s telephone directory.
1. Accepting Calls in Latched Mode
You can use the MCDU and ACP to accept incoming calls, including when
another call is in progress. The combination of lights and chimes that alert
you to an incoming call depends on the way in which the HSD-440 terminal
was strapped during its installation.
To accept a call in Latched mode:
1. To accept the call, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.
2. To end the call:
•
On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the
PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.
or
23-15-30
2-30
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
•
On the MCDU, press the key next to END.
To accept a call in Latched mode when another call is in progress:
1. To accept the call, on the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the
key next to ACCEPT.
The original call ends.
2. To end the call:
•
On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the
PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.
or
•
On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END.
2. Making Calls in Latched Mode
Making calls using the HSD-440 terminal is similar to placing an international
telephone call. Air-to-ground telephone numbers include an international
access code, country code, and area code. Air-to-air telephone numbers
include a SNAC or OR and an IMN.
To make a new call in Latched mode:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, type the full telephone number
you want to call into the MCDU keyboard.
2. To set the priority for your call using Table 2-13, press the key next to
PRIORITY.
Table 2-13 Priority Codes
Call priority
Description
EMG
Emergency—used for distress or urgent calls
OP-HI
Operational-High—used for Flight Safety communications
OP-LO
Operational-Lo—used for Regularity of Flight, Meteorological or
Administrative communications
NON-OP
Non-Operational—used for Non Safety of Flight or public phone call
(cabin) communications
3. Press the key next to LOAD NUMBER.
The full telephone number appears under DIAL NOW.
4. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.
5. To end the call:
•
On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the
PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.
or
•
On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END.
23-15-30
2-31
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
3. Making Calls from the Telephone Directory in Latched Mode
You can make voice calls from the numbers you have saved in the MCDU’s
telephone directory.
To make a call from the telephone directory in Latched mode:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.
The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.
2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.
The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.
3. Press the key next to the entry you want to dial.
The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears.
4. To load the telephone number, press the key next to LOAD TO DIAL.
The MCDU’s main menu appears.
5. On the ACP, select CH1 SATCOM.
6. To dial the telephone number, on the ACP, close the PTT 1 switch.
7. To end the call:
•
On the ACP, open the PTT 1 switch or assert the
PLACE/END CALL 1 switch.
or
•
(c)
On the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to END.
Saving Telephone Numbers in the Telephone Directory
You can save telephone numbers to the MCDU’s telephone directory to use later,
and you can dial telephone numbers from the telephone directory.
1. Saving a New Directory Entry
To save new telephone numbers to the telephone directory:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.
The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.
2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.
The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.
3. Press a key next to an empty entry. If there is no empty entry available on
the first page, press the key next to NEXT until a free entry appears.
A SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this new telephone number.
4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s
keyboard.
5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL.
6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard.
7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER.
23-15-30
2-32
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to
associate with this telephone number appears.
NOTE: When you designate a telephone number as the ATC telephone
number, any other telephone number that was designated as ATC
loses that designation. Only one telephone number can be
designated as the ATC telephone number.
9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key
next to ATC NUMBER.
10. To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE.
NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the
entry.
2. Modifying an Existing Directory Entry
To modify an existing entry in the directory:
1. On the first page of the MCDU’s main menu, press the key next to TEL DIR.
The SATCOM TEL DIR menu appears.
2. Press the key next to CATEGORY to select a phone book.
The SATCOM TEL CAT menu appears.
3. Press the key next to the entry you wish to modify.
The SATCOM ENTRY menu appears for this entry.
4. Type the name you want to give this telephone number into the MCDU’s
keyboard.
5. To store the label, press the key next to LABEL.
6. Type the telephone number for this entry into the MCDU’s keyboard.
7. To store the telephone number, press the key next to NUMBER.
8. Press the key next to PRIORITY repeatedly until the priority you want to
associate with this telephone number appears.
NOTE: When you designate a telephone number as the ATC telephone
number, any other telephone number that was designated as ATC
loses that designation. Only one telephone number can be
designated as the ATC telephone number.
9. To make this telephone number the ATC telephone number, press the key
next to ATC NUMBER.
10. To save your entry, press the key next to SAVE.
NOTE: The SAVE option does not appear until you make a change to the
entry.
23-15-30
2-33
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
2-34
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
INSTALLATION
This section describes the procedures required to install HSD-440 terminals on an aircraft,
including the following sections:
1.
•
Advisories
•
Pre-Installation Inspection
•
ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors
•
Mechanical Installation
•
Electrical Installation
•
Installation and Engineering Diagrams
Advisories
Before performing any installation procedures, read the safety advisories listed in the
Introduction on page INTRO–6 of this manual.
2.
Pre-Installation Inspection
Before installing any HSD-440 terminal, conduct a pre-installation inspection of all parts to
make sure that no damage occurred during shipping:
3.
•
Unpack the HSD-440 terminal(s) from the shipping container(s).
•
Verify that the part number displayed on the shipping box and equipment component
matches the model and part number ordered. If components are missing from the
shipment, contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support immediately and report
the problem.
•
Visually inspect the terminal for any shipping damage. If any shipping damage has
occurred, contact the shipping carrier immediately and report the problem.
•
Check the HSD-440 terminal connectors for corrosion and damage. If damage is noted,
do not apply power to the terminal. Contact the supplier or EMS SATCOM Product Support
immediately to report the problem.
ARINC 600 Trays and Connectors
This section provides detailed information on the ARINC 600 trays provided in the HSD-440
Installation Kits.
The HSD-440 LRU is installed in a standard, ARINC 600, 8-MCU tray. Ruggedized trays
designed specifically for installations on helicopter aircraft are also available.
A. Installation Kits
Installation kits for HSD-440 terminals are available from EMS SATCOM. Contact the EMS
SATCOM Sales department for more information on how to select and order the
appropriate HSD-440 Terminal Installation Kit.
23-15-30
3-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-1 lists the recommended installation kits for typical installations.
Table 3-1 Installation Kits
Installation Kit Name
EMS SATCOM
Part Number
Description
HSD-440 Installation Kit
AC FAN
1110-F-0120-01
Standard Installation Kit: Bottom AC Fan
Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector
(Un-pressurized Installation)
HSD-440 Installation Kit
DC FAN
1110-F-0120-02
Standard Installation Kit: Bottom DC Fan
Tray Assembly and ARINC Connector
(Un-pressurized Installation)
8-MCU ARINC 600 Tray
with four isolators
H64-BA-15 (Barry Vibration-mount installation kit.
Controls)
B. Cabling Notes
Before proceeding with the installation of the HSD-440 terminal, read all cabling notes
provided on the HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment drawings
(refer to Figure 3-11 and Figure 3-12).
(1) Cabling
When installing the HSD-440 terminal, follow the cabling requirements listed below:
•
Maximum recommended cable length is 50 feet.
•
LAN cables must meet flammability, TIA/EIA568-A CAT 5 requirements and
conform to ARINC 628 specifications.
•
Wire size recommendations:
•
For +28 V dc HOT (BP2), +28 V dc RTN GND (BP3), 115 V ac COLD (BP7),
and Chassis GND (BP8), use 12 AWG
•
For 115 V ac HOT (BP1), use 20 AWG
•
Unless otherwise specified, for signaling, use 22 AWG
(2) Coaxial Cable Loss Considerations
When installing HSD-440 terminals, consider the following coaxial cable loss
requirements:
4.
•
Transmit cable: Maximum loss is 2.5 dB, including DLNA (typically <0.8 dB), as
per ARINC 741. In installations that use a high power relay, the high power relay
loss must be included.
•
Receive cable: For HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode, the
minimum loss is 6–25 dB (including any in-line attenuator), as per ARINC 741.
Mechanical Installation
This section describes the mechanical installation requirements for the HSD-440 terminals.
The Outline and Installation diagrams are provided at the end of this section, in Figure 3-7
and Figure 3-8.
23-15-30
3-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
This section contains the information required to plan the physical placement of the HSD-440
terminals.
The Outline and Installation diagrams, shown in Figure 3-7 and Figure 3-8, illustrate the
physical and mechanical specifications of the HSD-440 terminal.
In typical aircraft installations, the HSD-440 terminal assembly fits into standard ARINC,
8-MCU mounting trays. Specialized trays that meet the requirements for installations of the
HSD-440 terminals on Helicopters are also available from EMS SATCOM.
All HSD-440 terminal ARINC installation trays are included in the Installation Kits. Table 3-1
describes the HSD-440 terminal Installation Kits available from EMS SATCOM.
A. Physical Placement
When selecting a location for the HSD-440 terminal, allow for adequate spacing for the
installation while providing reasonable access for servicing. Leave a minimum gap of 0.5
inches between LRUs.
B. SCM Installation
The SCM holds SIM cards that contain data for the operation of SBB services.
To remove the SCM:
1. Remove the two screws from the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal.
2. Remove the SCM from the HSD-440 terminal, as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1 HSD-440 Terminal SCM
To install the SCM:
1. Insert the SCM into the slot on the front panel of the HSD-440 terminal.
2. Tighten the two screws on the SCM.
23-15-30
3-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
C. Environmental Requirements
The environmental requirements that must be considered during the physical placement
of the HSD-440 terminals are based on the RTCA/DO-160E Environmental Specifications
detailed in "System Description" on page 1-1.
The standard mounting trays for the HSD-440 terminal offer a number of fan configuration
options depending on the physical placement of the LRU in the aircraft.
(1) Heating and Cooling
Refer to "System Description" on page 1-1 for a complete listing of the RTCA/DO-160E
Environmental Specifications for the HSD-440 terminals.
When selecting an installation location for the HSD-440 terminal, consider the heating
and cooling requirements listed below:
•
Power Dissipation (AC/DC models): 275 Watts nominal, 400 Watts maximum
•
Cooling Air: per ARINC 600
•
Recommended Flow rate: 88 kg/hr (185 lbs/hr)
•
Pressure drop: 5 ±3 mm (0.07 ±0.025 in.) H2O
(2) Fan Tray Requirements
WARNING: FAILURE TO INSTALL AND CONFIGURE THE FAN TRAY
ASSEMBLY AS INSTRUCTED MAY SERIOUSLY COMPROMISE
THE HSD-440 TERMINAL'S EXTREME TEMPERATURE
OPERATION.
Fan tray assemblies may be shipped with or without hole-plug-buttons installed. For
adequate airflow to the HSD-440 terminal subassemblies, the plugs must be installed
or removed in the fan/tray configuration, as illustrated in Figure 3-2.
23-15-30
3-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-2 Fan Tray Plug Configuration (black = installed, white = removed)
D. Chassis Grounding
The HSD-440 terminal tray-mounted assemblies must be electrically bonded to the
airframe. Make sure that the mating surfaces are free from contaminants such as paints
or other non-conductive elements. Where surface preparations are insufficient to ensure
a proper bond, the use of a short, tin-coated, copper bonding strap of at least 6.35 mm
(0.25 in.) in width is recommended. The LRU and tray assemblies should provide a low
impedance path of <0.2 ohms.
5.
Electrical Installation
This section provides electrical installation details for HSD-440 terminals. This section is
divided into sub-sections that provide the wiring details for the currently supported modes of
operation.
A. Stand-Alone Mode Installation
(1) Cabling and Connector Requirements
This section provides general electrical installation information on power, ground,
shielding requirements, and cabling.
23-15-30
3-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(a) Power Requirements
The HSD-440 terminal can operate from the aircraft’s +28 V dc or 115 V ac,
400 Hz (nominal) power supply. If both power sources are connected, the
terminal will use the 115 V ac supply.
(b) Ground Requirements
Improper grounding can lead to ground loops and induced Electromagnetic
Interference (EMI) or Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). When installing an
HSD-440 terminal, follow standard grounding practices for both chassis and
cabling shields. Refer to "Chassis Grounding" on page 3-5 for chassis and tray
grounding instructions.
(c)
Cable Shielding and Termination
The preferred method of cable shield termination is in accordance with NEMA
WC 27500:2000 and ARINC 741. ARINC Report 413A—Guidance for Aircraft
Electrical Power Utilization and Transient Protection provides more detailed
information in Attachment 3-2, Wire Shielding and Grounding Requirements and
in Appendix 7.
Unless otherwise stated, all cable shields must be connected to the closest
aircraft ground at both ends of the cable and on both sides of any production
break in the cable. Where applicable, terminate shields with connectors via the
backshell or via a pigtail with a suitable termination to the closest aircraft ground.
General aviation cable-routing guidelines apply. See Table 3-2 for detailed
information.
NOTE: Typically, Ethernet and ISDN cables have multiple shields; terminate
each shield separately.
Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications
Cable Function
Conductor Type
(Typical)
Power Lines
Single conductor,
stranded
Digital Control
Twisted pair, stranded
Single Point Multiple
Point
N/A
23-15-30
Minimum
Conductor
Coverage By
Shield
N/A
N/A
Yes
85%
3-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-2 Cable Shielding and Termination Specifications (Continued)
Cable Function
Conductor Type
(Typical)
Single Point Multiple
Point
Minimum
Conductor
Coverage By
Shield
Serial data
Twisted pair, stranded
Yes
85%
Ethernet data
Twisted pair, stranded
Yes
85%
ISDN data
Twisted pair, stranded
Yes
85%
Discrete Lines
Single conductor,
stranded
N/A
N/A
RF TX and RX
Coaxial
Yes
95%
N/A
Definitions
Single Point: Cable shield terminated at one end only via a connector or suitable crimp
terminal.
Multiple Point: Cable shield terminated at both ends via a connector or suitable crimp
terminal, usually at both ends of the cable and at both sides of any production break.
N/A: Not applicable.
(2) Installation Wiring Notes
(a) SDI
SDI is provided for the as per ARINC 741 specifications. Pins marked 0 are left
open-circuit and pins marked 1 are strapped on the airframe side of the connector
to the pin assigned as SDI Common (TP5D). For this HGA application, pin TP5B
(1) should be strapped and TP5A (0) should be left open.
NOTE: The logic for the SDI/WOW is explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic
Attachment 1-4, Note 19. This SDI/WOW logic in this case (where 0=open
and 1=strapped to common) is the reverse of the logic applied to all other
HSD-440 terminal connectors, FWD ID, System Config, and Data I/O
Config, where 0=strapped to common and 1=open.
(b) Maintenance Port Interface
The HSD-440 terminal has an RS-232 maintenance port interface that provides
access to the MPU for data loading, system monitoring, and testing purposes.
Access to the HSD-440 terminal MPU is achieved by connecting an RS-232,
VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop operating a terminal emulation program) to the
RS-232 maintenance port.
The HSD-440 terminal maintenance port is available at the front of the HSD-440
terminal and at the rear ARINC 600 connector. Connection on the front of the
HSD-440 terminal is accessible via a DB25S connector for local maintenance of
the terminal. Remote access is provided for cases where local access is
unavailable. For remote access, install an accessible DB9S connector in the
cabin area.
NOTE: The front panel and remote connections to the maintenance port cannot
be used simultaneously.
23-15-30
3-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Refer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for information on how to connect
and use the maintenance port, including equipment requirements, connection
and cabling requirements, software loading instructions, and configuration
details.
(c)
Antenna Subsystem RF Interface
Several external RF parameters (such as cable losses and antenna gain) that
must be delimited to ensure proper operation dictate the HSD-440 terminal
performance requirements.
Table 3-3 defines the RF parameters and their expected values.
Table 3-3 RF Parameters Definitions
Parameter
Min. Value (dB)
Antenna Gain
Max. Value (dB)
17
Antenna to DLNA Loss
0.3
DLNA Gain
53
60
DLNA Noise Figure
1.8
DLNA to HSD-440 terminal (Rx) Loss
25
HSD-440 terminal to Antenna (Tx) Loss
2.5 (including
DLNA loss)
DLNA Insertion Loss (Tx to Antenna Port)
–
0.8
(d) WOW Pin Wiring
The WOW1 and WOW2 pins are either left open circuit or connected to the
airframe DC ground through a ground proximity switch. The WOW Program
Select (PGM) pin is either left open circuit or connected to the Forward Address
Common. The two ground states for any pin are open and closed circuit.
Resolve any conflict between WOW1 and WOW2 by assuming the aircraft is
in-air. The interpretation of the state of the WOW1 and WOW2 pins is defined by
the state of the WOW program select pin. Refer to Table 3-4 for details.
Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table
Pin Name and Location
Aircraft Status
WOW1
WOW2
PGM
TP3G
TP3K
TP3J
CLOSED
CLOSED
CLOSED
In-air
OPEN
CLOSED
CLOSED
Not valid—Default in-air
23-15-30
3-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-4 WOW Pin Wiring Table (Continued)
Pin Name and Location
Aircraft Status
CLOSED
OPEN
CLOSED
Not valid—Default in-air
OPEN
OPEN
CLOSED
On-ground
CLOSED
CLOSED
OPEN
On-ground
OPEN
CLOSED
OPEN
Not valid—Default in-air
CLOSED
OPEN
OPEN
Not valid—Default in-air
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN
In-air
Use of the WOW discretes enable the HSD-440 terminal to determine whether
the aircraft is airborne. In Stand-Alone Mode installations, this is achieved as the
HSD-440 terminal receives speed information for Doppler correction via the INS.
This makes the WOW function redundant and optional for most installations.
The function of WOW has been expanded to include the ability to inhibit RF
transmission when the aircraft is on the ground. Please note that this function is
disabled by default and must be enabled in EEPROM. If the WOW function is
disabled, normal maintenance activities should be prohibited when the system
is active to avoid RF exposure. Follow normal safety procedures and disable the
system before performing antenna maintenance.
WOW functionality will be further enhanced with the inclusion of a Transmit
Disable discrete in a planned future software upgrade.
(e) ICAO IDs
The ICAO ID is strapped and the first FWD ID is entered in the EEPROM.
Figure 3-3 provides an example of an ICAO ID address. This number (example:
\12345654) must be converted into a binary number for strapping.
NOTE: MSB is the Most Significant Bit and LSB is the Least Significant Bit.
23-15-30
3-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-3 ICAO ID, Hex to Binary Conversion
A pin strapped to the same potential as TP7K (ICAO address common) is
considered as a logical 0, whereas an open circuit pin is considered as a logical 1.
23-15-30
3-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(f)
Remote Status Panel (Optional)
An optional remote status panel may be installed when HSD-440 terminals are
located in inaccessible or remote locations. The installation of a remote status
panel is recommended as it provides visual indications of the power and faults
for each terminal.
A remote reset switch for HSD-440 terminals can also be installed and located
with the remote status panel. Figure 3-4 illustrates a typical wiring diagram for
the remote reset circuit.
1. Remote Reset Circuit Switch Requirements
HSD-440 terminals support the installation of a Remote Reset Switch circuit
as shown in Figure 3-4.
The HSD-440 terminal Remote Reset circuit requires less than 100 ohms
between TP1K (RESET) and MP1F(COM) to be asserted and greater than
10 kilohms to be de-asserted (includes all cable and switch contact
resistance).
Figure 3-4 Remote Reset Circuit Switch
2. Remote LED Driver Circuit Requirements
The circuit requirements for the HSD-440 terminal Remote Status LED drivers
are shown in Figure 3-5. Each LED driver circuit provides an open-drain
Field-Effect Transistor (FET) interface that has a maximum continuous
drain-to-source voltage of 35 V dc and drain-to-source current of 0.5 A dc.
These circuits are designed to sink current to ground only. Any external lamps
or LEDs connected to these driver circuits require the appropriate external
voltage and series impedance to be connected.
23-15-30
3-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-5 Remote LED Panel Circuit
(g) User Interfaces
To facilitate user access to the HSD-440 terminal interfaces, install the following
connectors in the appropriate cabin area.
1. ISDN Interface
Install an RJ45 connector in the cabin area for user connections to the ISDN
interface.
2. Ethernet Data Interface
Install one or two RJ45 interface connectors in the cabin area for user access
to the Ethernet interfaces.
3. RJ45 Connector Termination Details
Details relating to the RJ45 cable terminations required for both the ISDN
and/or 10BASE-T services are shown in Table 3-5 and Figure 3-6.
23-15-30
3-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-5 RJ45 Wiring Details
Service
SIGNAL
EURO ISDN
PIN
ETHERNET 10BASE-T
CABLE
ECS
PIN
OTHER
CABLE
ECS
OTHER
RX+
White
White/green
White
White/orange
stripe
RX-
Blue
Green
Green
Orange/white
stripe or solid
orange
TX+
White
Blue
White
White/green stripe
TX-
Orange
White/blue
Brown
Green/white stripe
or solid Green
Figure 3-6 RJ45 Connector Terminator Details
Use LAN cables that meet flammability and TIA/EIA568-A CAT-5
requirements. Cables #922404 (4 conductor) and # 922408 (8 conductor), as
supplied by Electronics Cable Specialists, are acceptable. Equivalent
substitutions from other manufacturers may be used.
4. System Configuration Pin Strapping
The HSD-440 terminal adjusts its configuration according to the status of
several strap pins on the rear ARINC 600 connector.
Configuration pins are assigned based on system mode configuration
selection requirements, as shown in Table 3-6. Detailed pin assignment is
shown in Table 3-7.
23-15-30
3-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-6 Configuration Pin Summary
Pin Number
TP4A to D
Name
Function
System Config 1 to 4
System mode
NOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic
explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.
•
Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).
•
Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit-no connection.
•
Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.
5. System Mode Strap Pins Coding
The HSD-440 terminal must be externally strapped according to its intended
operational configuration mode. Table 3-7 illustrates the system pin strapping
for currently supported HSD-440 terminal operational modes and
configurations.
Table 3-7 System Pin Strapping
Pin Status
System Mode
TP4A
TP4B
TP4C
TP4D
Invalid
Stand-Alone
NOTE: The logic for the System Configuration pins is reverse to the logic
explained in ARINC 741 Characteristic Attachment 1-4, Note 19.
•
Pins marked 0 are signaled by strapping to Address Common (TP7K).
•
Pins marked 1 are signaled by an open circuit—no connection.
•
Configurations resulting in all ones (1) are invalid.
(h) ARINC 429 IRS Bus Interface
In Stand-Alone Mode installations, navigational information is provided to the
HSD-440 terminal through the high-speed ARINC 429 IRS bus interface. Refer
to "System Description" on page 1-1 for more information. The IRS bus connects
through the top plug of the ARINC 600 connector to the HSD-440 terminal as
follows:
(i)
•
IRS A to TP4J
•
IRS B to TP4K
Antenna Interface
The ARINC 741 antenna subsystem BSU/ACU is connected to the HSD-440
terminal as specified in Table 3-8.
23-15-30
3-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-8 HSD-440 Terminal to BSU Interconnects
Signal Name
Signal Source
Signal Destination
HSD-440 Mechanical Phased-Array or
Terminal
HGA
Conformal HGA
HPA MUTE A
HPA MUTE B
BSU BITE A
BSU-W(G)*
BSU BITE B
BSU-X(H)
Port BSU-G
TP3A
STBD BSU-G
TP3C
Port BSU-H
TP3B
STBD BSU-H
TP3D
Port BSU-W
TP2A
STBD BSU-W
TP2C
Port BSU-X
TP2B
STBD BSU-X
TP2D
Multi-Control A TP3E
BSU-T(A)
Multi-Control B TP3F
BSU-U(B)
*Letters in (brackets) represent EMS SATCOM AMT-50 BSU pin
designations
Top/Port (T/P): Refers to Mechanical (fin-mount) HGA Subsystem or Top Fuselage
mounted Phased Array or Beam Steered antenna
Port: Refers to Port side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA subsystem
Starboard Refers to Starboard side of Dual (side) Conformal-mount HGA
(STBD): subsystem
(j)
CMU Interface
Data rates, voltage thresholds, and electrical interface specifications are per
ARINC Specification 429. (741 p2-7 p4.7.2). The ARINC 600 wiring
interconnections for the HSD-440 terminal and each CMU are shown in
Table 3-9.
Table 3-9 CMU Interface Wiring
Pin
Name
To
TP1A
CMU 1 Input A
CMU 1 TP1A
TP1B
CMU 1 Input B
CMU 1 TP1B
TP1C
CMU 1/2 Output A
TP1D
CMU 1/2 Output B
MP1K
CMU 2 Input B
CMU 2 TP1A
MP2K
CMU 2 Input A
CMU 2 TP1B
The bus speed can be either low or high. Both the transmit and receive ports of
the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 429 CMU ports operate together at either low
speed or high speed. Both CMUs therefore work at either low speed or high
speed, but not one at each speed. The speed is selectable by setting a flag in
23-15-30
3-15
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
the ORT (instead of setting a program pin on the HSD-440 A600 connector as
there are none available). If no information is available from the ORT, then the
bus speed shall default to low.
(k)
MCDU Interface
Table 3-10 shows the strapping for the MCDU.
Table 3-10 MCDU Interface Wiring
Pin
Name
To
TP3E
MCDU input A
MCDU 2 ARINC Output A
TP3F
MCDU input B
MCDU 2 ARINC Output B
MP7G
MCDU 1 input A
MCDU ARINC Output A
MP7H
MCDU 1 input B
MCDU ARINC Output B
MP7J
MCDU 1/2 output A
To both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input A
MP7K
MCDU 1/2 output B
To Both MCDU 1 and 2 ARINC Input B
(l)
Call Light Activation Strapping
Table 3-11 shows the configuration strapping for call light activation.
Table 3-11 Call Light Activation Configuration Strapping
Pin Number
TP4E
Name
Call Light Activation
Function
Determines whether the call light illuminates on
call activation or initialization. Activation occurs
when the GES is responding to the call request,
and initialization occurs the moment the call is
placed. (1=Activation; 0=Initialization)
(m) Hookswitch Strapping
Table 3-12 shows the configuration strapping for the hookswitch method.
Table 3-12 Hookswitch Configuration Strapping
Pin Number
TP2G
Name
Hookswitch Method
Function
Determines Push To Talk (PTT) or Latched
Mode (0=Latched; 1=PTT)
(n) Priority 4 Call Strapping
Table 3-13 shows the configuration strapping for priority 4 calls.
23-15-30
3-16
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-13 Priority 4 Call Configuration Strapping
Pin Number
TP4F
Name
Function
Inhibit Priority 4 Calls
Determines whether priority 4 calls are
inhibited. When these calls are inhibited,
incoming calls at priority 4 are not allowed, and
outgoing priority 4 calls are elevated to the next
priority and then placed. (1=Uninhibited;
0=Inhibited)
(o) Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice
Table 3-14 shows the chime and light strapping for cockpit voice.
Table 3-14 Chime and Light Strapping for Cockpit Voice
TP4G
TP4H
Lights
Strapped Strapped
Strapped Open
Chime
Spare
Steady
Multi-stroke (chime sounds every
0.5 to 1 second)
Open
Strapped Flashing
Single-stroke (chime sounds
once)
Open
Open
Single-stroke
Steady
(3) Connection Details
"Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details" on page 3-18 provides all top, middle, and
bottom plug connection details for Stand-Alone Mode installations.
6.
Installation and Engineering Diagrams
This section contains the Outline and Installation diagrams, and Interconnection and Contact
Assignment drawings for HSD-440 terminals.
A. Outline and Installation Diagrams
Figure 3-7, Figure 3-8, Figure 3-9, and Figure 3-10 illustrate the physical characteristics
of the HSD-440 terminal and provide installation data for the terminal.
All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes.
B. Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawings
Figure 3-11 illustrates the interconnection details for HSD-440 terminals.
Figure 3-12 provides the contact assignments for HSD-440 terminals.
All foldout pages are odd-numbered and not-backed for print production purposes.
23-15-30
3-17
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
7.
Connection Details
This section includes connection details for the HSD-440 terminal operating in Stand-Alone
Mode.
A. Stand-Alone Mode Connection Details
Table 3-15, Table 3-16, and Table 3-17 show the top, middle, and bottom plug connection
details for HSD-440 terminals operating in Stand-Alone Mode.
Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details
I/O From
Top
Plug
Signal Name
To
Description
1A
CMU 1 Input A
CMU 1 TP1A
CMU 1 RX A
1B
CMU 1 Input B
CMU 1 TP1B
CMU 1 RX B
O 1C
CMU 1/2 Output A CMU
1 and 2 Tx A
O 1D
CMU 1/2 Output BCMU
1 and 2 Tx B
1E
ARINC 615 Input A
1F
ARINC 615 Input B
ARINC 615 Data Loader
O 1G
ARINC 615 Output A
O 1H
ARINC 615 Output B
1J
ARINC 615 Link A
O 1K
ARINC 615 Link B
(GND)
2A
BSU Top/Port BITE A
(See Note 1)
Mech. Steered Antenna ARINC Tx-HI BITE from
(MA): BSU, Pin G or W BSU
or Other Antenna (OA):
BSU, PORT-W and
Starboard-P
2B
BSU Top/Port BITE B
MA: BSU, Pin H or X, or ARINC Tx-LO BITE
OA: BSU, PORT-X and from BSU
STBD-R
2C
BSU Starboard (STBD) MA: Not required
ARINC Tx-HI BITE from
BITE A
OA: BSU, PORT-P and BSU
STBD-W
2D
BSU STBD BITE B
MA: Not required
ARINC Tx-LO BITE
OA: BSU, PORT-R and from BSU
STBD-X
O 2E
CMC Output A
CMC
O 2F
CMC Output B
CMC
2G
Hookswitch method
2H
CMC Input A
2J
CMC Input B
23-15-30
3-18
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)
I/O From
Top
Plug
Signal Name
To
Description
3A
Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required
OA: BSU, PORT-G
HPA Mute-A, Port BSU
2K
Remote Reset
3A
Top/Port HPA MUTE A MA: Not required
OA: BSU, PORT-H
HPA Mute-A, Port BSU
3B
Top/Port HPA MUTE B MA: Not required
OA: BSU, PORT-H
HPA Mute-B, Port BSU
3C
STBD HPA MUTE A
MA: Not required
OA: BSU, STBD G
HPA Mute-A, STBD
BSU
3D
STBD HPA MUTE B
MA: Not required
OA: BSU, STBD-H
HPA Mute-B, STBD
BSU
O 3E
Multi-Control A
MA: BSU, Pin A or T, or Multi-Control-HI to
OA: BSU, PORT-T and HSD-440 terminal and
STBD-T
antenna subsystem
O 3F
Multi-Control B
MA: BSU, Pin B or U, or Multi-Control-LO to
OA: BSU, PORT-U and HSD-440 terminal and
STBD-U
antenna subsystem
3G
WOW 1
TP3G
3J
WOW Program Select TP3J
3K
WOW 2
TP3K
4A,
4B,
4C,
4D
System Config 1 to 4
4A and 4C=0 (TP7K
common), 4B and
4D=1(Open)
4E
Call light activation
4F
Priority 4 Calls
4G
Chime/light option MS
4H
Chime/light option LS
4J
IRS-A
Aircraft main IRS
IRS 429 data, Rx HI
4K
IRS-B
Aircraft main IRS
IRS 429 data, Rx LO
5A
SDI 1
Not connected
5B
SDI 2
SDI common (TP5D)
HPA Select Code for
HGA
5C
Spare 1 Input A
5D
SDI Common
SDI 2 (TP5B)
SDI Common
Normally open
Remote System Reset
momentary switch-open
side.
(Closed side to MP1F)
Weight On Wheel, as
defined in Note 40 of
ARINC 741, Part 1.
Refer to Section 8.D
WOW Pin Wiring
Stand-Alone Mode
Inhibit Priority 4 calls
to/from Cockpit. All
priority 4 A to G calls will
have priority elevated to
3.
23-15-30
3-19
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-15 ARINC 600 Top Plug Connection Details (Continued)
I/O From
Top
Plug
Signal Name
To
5E
Spare 1 Input B
5F
5G
ICAO Address, BIT 24 1 = no connection
ICAO Address, BIT 23 0 = common (TP7K)
5H
ICAO Address, BIT 22
5J
ICAO Address, BIT 21
5K
ICAO Address, BIT 20
6A
ICAO Address, BIT 19
6B
ICAO Address, BIT 18
6C
ICAO Address, BIT 17
6D
ICAO Address, BIT 16
6E
ICAO Address, BIT 15
6F
ICAO Address, BIT 14
6G
ICAO Address, BIT 13
6H
ICAO Address, BIT 12
6J
ICAO Address, BIT 11
6K
ICAO Address, BIT 10
7A
ICAO Address, BIT 9
7B
ICAO Address, BIT 8
7C
ICAO Address, BIT 7
7D
ICAO Address, BIT 6
7E
ICAO Address, BIT 5
7F
ICAO Address, BIT 4
7G
ICAO Address, BIT 3
7H
ICAO Address, BIT 2
7J
ICAO Address, BIT 1
(MSB)
7K
ICAO Address,
Common
Description
Common GND
connection for system
and I/O configuration
and ICAO ID
23-15-30
3-20
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details
I/O
From
Middle
Plug
Signal Name
To
Description
O 1A
Power LED
Output 1
Remote status panel
HSD-440
terminal-Power On
(Optional)
O 1B
Fault LED
Output 2
Remote status panel
HSD-440 terminal-Fault
(Optional)
Discrete Common
1C
Channel
Available
1D
Switch HI
current from
chime
1E
Switch LO
current to
chime
O 1F
Discrete
Common
Remote status panel
O 1G
Maint Port Tx
Maint Port Rx
Maint Port serial data, DB9S-2 Maintenance computer
(laptop/PC), for Remote
Maint Port serial data, DB9S-3 access
Maint Port serial data, DB9S-5
1H
I/O 1J
1K
Maint Port
Signal Ground
CMU 2 Input A CMU 2 TP1A
O 2A
Data I/O Tx
No connection
Data I/O Rx
No connection
O 2C
SDU data
SCM A
O 2D
SDU data
SCM B
2E
SCM data
SDU A
2F
SCM data
SDU B
O 2G
SCM power
+12 V
SCM
O 2H
SCM power
return 0 V
SCM
2J
Data I/O
Ground
No connection
2K
CMU 2 Input B CMU 2 TP1B
2B
O 3A
Call light 1
Audio Control Panel
3B
Mic on 1
Audio Management System
3C
Chime light
inhibit
Audio Control Panel
3D
Place/end 1
Audio Management System
3E
MCDU 2 input MCDU 2 J4-27
23-15-30
CMU 2 RX A
CMU 2 RX B
MCDU 2 RX A
3-21
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)
I/O
From
Middle
Plug
3F
Signal Name
To
Description
MCDU 2 input MCDU 2 J4-28
MCDU 2 RX B
O 3G
Call light 2
Future
3H
Mic on 2
Future
3J
Go-ahead /
Chime reset
3K
Place/End 2
I/O 4A
POTS 1 TIP
I/O 4B
POTS 1 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING
(RJ-11, Pin 3)
I/O 4C
POTS 2 TIP
I/O 4D
POTS 2 RING 2-wire Analog Phone RING
(RJ-11, Pin 3)
Audio Control Panel
Future
2-wire Analog Phone TIP
(RJ-11, Pin 4)
2-wire Analog Phone TIP
(RJ-11, Pin 4)
POTS Line 1
POTS Line 2
4E
Input audio 1 HI Cockpit Headset Microphone Cockpit Voice
HI
Microphone
4F
Input audio 1
HLO
Cockpit Headset Microphone
LO
I/O 4G to 4K
Reserved
5A
CEPT-E1 RX+
5B
CEPT-E1 RX-
5C
CEPT-E1 TX+
5D
CEPT-E1 TX-
Future
O 5E
Audio 1 HI
Cockpit Headset Speaker HI Cockpit Voice Speaker
O 5F
Audio 1 LO
Cockpit Headset Speaker LO
I/O 5G to 5K
Reserved
6A
ISDN Rx+
ISDN, RJ45-3
6B
ISDN Rx -
ISDN, RJ45-6
O 6C
ISDN Tx+
ISDN, RJ45-4
O 6D
ISDN Tx-
ISDN, RJ45-5
6E
Audio 2 HI
Future
6F
Audio 2 LO
Future
23-15-30
User data, ISDN-1
Refer to "User
Interfaces" on page 3-12
3-22
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 3-16 ARINC 600 Middle Plug Connection Details (Continued)
I/O
From
Middle
Plug
Signal Name
To
O 6G
10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T
RJ45, Pin 1
O 6H
10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T
RJ45, Pin 2
6J
10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T
RJ45, Pin 3
6K
10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T
RJ45, Pin 6
O 7A
10BASE-T Tx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-1
O 7B
10BASE-T Tx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-2
7C
10BASE-T Rx+ Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-3
7D
10BASE-T Rx- Ethernet 10BASE-T, RJ45-6
I/O 7E to 7K
O C1
Description
Port 2
User data
Ethernet 10BASE-T
Port 1
User data
Ethernet 10BASE-T
Reserved
RF Tx Output
Antenna subsystem-DLNA or Coaxial cable, RF
HPR-J
Transmit
Table 3-17 ARINC 600 Bottom Plug Connection Details
I/O
From
Bottom
Plug
Signal Name
To
Aircraft Power Source, HOT
Description
BP2
+28 V dc HOT
BP3
+28 V dc return Aircraft Power Source, return
GND
BP8
Chassis GND
Aircraft Ground
Aircraft Chassis
Ground
BP1
115 V ac HOT
Aircraft Power Source, HOT
BP7
115 V ac COLD Aircraft Power Source, COLD
115 V ac 400 Hz
supply
BP12
RF Rx Input
Antenna subsystem-DLNA
23-15-30
+28 V dc supply
Coaxial cable, RF
Receive
3-23
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-24
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-7 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3400, Rev B)
23-15-30
3-25
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-26
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-8 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3400, Rev B)
23-15-30
3-27
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-28
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-9 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3420, Rev B)
23-15-30
3-29
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-30
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-10 (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Outline and Installation Diagram
(1252-E-3420, Rev B)
23-15-30
3-31
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-32
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-11 (Sheet 1). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing
(1252-B-3110, Rev D)
23-15-30
3-33
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-34
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 3-12. (Sheet 2). HSD-440 Terminal Interconnection and Contact Assignment Drawing
(1252-B-3110, Rev D)
23-15-30
3-35
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
3-36
16 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
TEST AND FAULT ISOLATION
This section provides the information required to determine the operational readiness of the
HSD-440 terminals and aid service personnel in diagnosing system faults, including the
following sections:
•
Operational and Diagnostic Testing
•
Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation
•
Adjustment/Alignment Procedures
•
Modification History
The operational and diagnostic tests described in this section require using the HSD-440
terminals built-in diagnostic tool referred to as the HSD-440 terminal MPU. This section
provides detailed descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU menus, reports, and basic user
instructions. See "Cabling Notes" on page 4-3 for maintenance port cabling notes.
NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU report and menu screens
displayed may differ from those shown as examples in this manual.
1.
Operational and Diagnostic Testing
A. General
Usually, terminals require testing for one of the following reasons:
•
To verify the operational readiness of the terminal during and after installation on an
aircraft
•
To verify that a fault exists and produce system reports for troubleshooting purposes
•
To verify the operational readiness of repaired LRUs during re-installation on an
aircraft
This section includes test and fault isolation procedures for the HSD-440 terminals. All
test and load procedures require the HSD-440 terminal MPU, which is accessed by
connecting to the maintenance port of the terminal.
B. Test and Fault Isolation Equipment Requirements
Table 4-1 lists the equipment required to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU and perform
operational and diagnostic testing and software loads on the HSD-440 terminal.
23-15-30
4-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-1 List of Required Test Equipment
Item
Equipment
Specification
Quantity
Computer
Standard
VT-100 386 CPU, 20 MHz or
higher
VT-100 terminal
emulation program
HyperTerminal©,
Serial communication program
ProComm Plus©, or using an RS-232 port
equivalent
Cable, maintenance port Special
interface cable
See "Connection
Requirements" on
page 4-3
Remote access maximum cable 1
length 25 ft. (From ARINC 600
connector to DB9 breakout
connector)
Front Panel access maximum
cable length 50 ft.
Multimeter
Standard
–
General purpose toolset Standard
–
Table 4-2 lists the optional equipment or information that, although not required, may
increase test efficiency or allow for optional diagnostic procedures. Equivalent
substitutions may be used.
Table 4-2 List of Optional Test Equipment
Item
Equipment
Specification
Quantity
Service Provider Information
Package
Special
Inmarsat service provider
Internet access
Standard
Inmarsat Swift64 high-speed
data
Time Domain Refectometer
Standard
–
C. Terminal MPU
This section describes the HSD-440 terminal MPU and provides the connection and
cabling details required to access and use the program.
(1) General Overview
The MPU, built into the HSD-440 terminal's operational software, provides a system
interface for fault isolation and diagnostic procedures. Connection to this program is
made through the RS-232 maintenance port interface.
To use the HSD-440 terminal MPU, an RS-232, VT-100 terminal (PC or laptop
operating a terminal emulation program) must be connected to the HSD-440 terminal.
The maintenance port on the front panel of HSD-440 terminals provides a direct
connection to the HSD-440 terminal MPU using a DB25 connector. Optionally, remote
cabin access is possible using a DB9 connector via the ARINC 600 connector.
23-15-30
4-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(2) Connection Requirements
This section describes specific cabling requirements needed to connect to and use
the HSD-440 terminal MPU.
(a) Cabling Notes
The HSD-440 terminals provide two options for physical connection to the
HSD-440 terminal maintenance port and MPU: direct connection and remote
connection.
Table 4-3, Table 4-4, Figure 4-1, and Figure 4-2 provide cabling details for the
HSD-440 terminal for both direct and remote connection types. Select one of
these connection options to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.
NOTE: The direct and remote connection points to the HSD-440 terminal
maintenance port cannot be used simultaneously.
Table 4-3 Remote Connection Cabling
Remote Access
Pin Definition
ARINC
Connector Remote (DB9)
(Rear)
Computer
(DB9P)
Cable
Maint Port SGND
(MP1J)
Maint Port Rx
(MP1H)
(See Figure 4-1) 5
Maint Port Tx
(MP1G)
Table 4-4 Direct Connection Cabling
Direct Connection
Pin Definition
Front Panel
Maintenance
Cable
Connector
(DB25P)
Computer
(DB9P)
Cable
Maint Port SGND
10
10
(See Figure 4-2) 5
Maint Port Rx
12
12
Maint Port Tx
11
11
(b) Maintenance Port Cable Assembly
HSD-440 terminal maintenance cable connections may vary in length, type of
connection used, and connector pin callouts, depending on the access point
used.
The cable assembly for HSD-440 terminals assumes that the computer's COM
port interface is a 9-Pin, D-Sub connector (DB9). Cable assembly details for
HSD-440 terminals are presented in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2.
NOTE: The maximum cable length, shown in Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2,
assumes that the length is measured from the ARINC 600 connector to
the DB9 breakout connector.
23-15-30
4-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure 4-1 Remote Connection, Maintenance Cable
Figure 4-2 Direct Connection, Maintenance Cable
(c)
Interface Requirements
A standard VT100 compatible terminal running an emulator program (such as
HyperTerminal, ProComm Plus, or similar) provides the user interface to the
HSD-440 terminal MPU. The RS-232 terminal connection settings for HSD-440
terminal maintenance ports are listed in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings
Parameter
Setting
Character Format
ASCII
Baud Rate
19200 bps
23-15-30
4-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-5 Terminal Connection Settings (Continued)
Parameter
Setting
No. of bits
Parity
None
Stop bits
Flow Control
None
(3) Accessing the MPU
Access to the MPU menus is password protected. Each password permits access to
a different level of the program.
This document describes End User and Field Representative access levels for
operational testing and verification, software updates, and the basic system
monitoring and troubleshooting procedures provided in this manual.
(a) Level 1 End User Access—Password: menu
This limited-access level is for anyone without technical training on the product.
It provides read-only access to help users diagnose problems with the assistance
of product support personnel.
(b) Level 2 Field Representative Access—Password: maint
This level is for trained original equipment manufacturer (OEM) installers and
product support personnel. This access level supports read and limited write
capabilities. Users are able to disable, mask, or clear faults, change satellite or
LES preferences, view and modify certain EEPROM parameters, and perform
other maintenance or upgrade functions.
(4) Using the Terminal MPU
This section describes the basic procedures for using and navigating the HSD-440
terminal MPU.
(a) Entering Passwords
•
For untrained users, use Level 1 access: type menu.
•
For trained technicians and product support personnel, use Level 2 access:
type maint.
NOTE: The password does not appear on the screen when you type it.
(b) Navigating the Terminal MPU
(c)
•
To scroll through the available menus, press CTRL+N.
•
To go to the previous menu, press CTRL+O.
•
To refresh the menu screen or exit from a Reports Menu, press ESC.
Selecting Menu Items
To enable test or data entry functions, press the letter associated with the menu
items. When a menu item is selected, the application may prompt you for
additional inputs or selections.
23-15-30
4-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(d) Selecting Reports
The reports available through the MPU enable users to view information about
the configuration and status of the HSD-440 terminal. This information is used
to troubleshoot the communication system on the aircraft.
1. To open the list of possible system reports, press EQUAL SIGN.
A list of reports appears. Active reports show as toggled on. Inactive reports
show as toggled off.
2.
To activate a report, type the report number, and then press ENTER.
NOTE: Multiple reports can be activated at the same time; type and enter
each report number separately.
3.
To turn off individual, active reports, type the report number you want to
toggle off, and then press ENTER.
4.
To turn off all active reports, press EQUAL SIGN, and then press X.
(5) Menu Item Descriptions
This section provides a brief description of the Level 2, MPU menu items used for test
and fault isolation procedures.
Although this section only provides illustrations and descriptions for Level 2 access,
all Level 1 access menu items are covered. (All Level 1 menus are included in Level
2 Menus.)
In active HSD-440 terminals, menu screens display the firmware version.
NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the system configuration,
the menu and reports available to users may differ slightly from the
illustrations shown and described in this document.
(a) Menu 1
Figure 4-3 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 1 screen display. Table 4-6
describes the items available in Menu 1.
MENU 1
FIRMWARE Vx.x
override forward id/ICAO address L
test LEDs
explain error status
list event log (hex)
print equipment stats
clear equipment stats
N next menu
O previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-3 Menu 1 Screen Display
23-15-30
4-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-6 Menu 1 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
X: override forward
id/ICAO address
Description
Used in testing and fault isolation.
Enter a test or alternate FWD ID or ICAO ID to use during fault
isolation procedures. Resetting the HSD-440 terminal or cycling
the power cancels this function.
Y: explain error status Reports error status when failure LED is illuminated.
F: print equipment
stats
Prints a list of the current equipment statistics.
L: test LEDs
Toggles the Power On (LED 1) and Fault (LED 2) LEDs on (A)
and off (D) or returns them to software control (X).
U: list event log
Lists the current event log.
M: clear equipment
stats
Resets the equipment statistics. (See Item F.)
(b) Menu 2
Figure 4-4 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 2 screen display. Table 4-7
describes the items available in Menu 2.
MENU 2
FIRMWARE Vx.x
set veh-relative azimuth
desired az veh-rel velocity
enter time of day
re-enter logon password
reset
N next menu
O
set veh-relative elevation
resume automatic steering
annotate log file
get firmware versions
set satellite longitude
previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-4 Menu 2 Screen Display
Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
Description
NOTE: Menu 2 selections E and K are used to manually input navigational data to point
the antenna to a preferred satellite location and/or peak for maximum signal
reception. These commands are typically used where no IRS data is available.
A: set veh-relative
azimuth
Antenna azimuth pointing offset with reference to the front
centerline of the aircraft.
Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 180, where a positive
entry is clockwise (cw) and a negative entry is
counterclockwise (ccw).
23-15-30
4-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-7 Menu 2 Item Descriptions (Continued)
Menu Item
K: desired az veh-rel
velocity
Description
Activates continuous antenna azimuth sweep at a set
elevation, as entered with menu item E.
Azimuth sweep velocity entered as deg/sec value.
NOTE: When combined with a signal-monitoring reports
selection, sweep the antenna for maximum signal
strength to determine optimum location coordinates.
T: enter time of day
Permits the entry of date and time for initial one-time setting of
the Real Time Clock.
L: re-enter logon
password
Permits a user to enter a new access level password: menu
or maint.
Z: reset
Enables a complete, soft reset of the LRU; once reset, the
menu access password must be re-entered.
E: set veh-relative
elevation
Antenna elevation pointing offset with respect to the aircraft
horizontal rest position; i.e., assumed to have no pitch or roll
offset.
Offset value entered in degrees from 0 to 90.
R: resume automatic
steering
Re-activates programmed automatic antenna-steering in both
azimuth and elevation.
N: annotate log file
Allows for input of text into a log file.
This feature can be used to document information such as test
conditions, system or aircraft identification, or any pertinent
information for later review.
V: get firmware versions Displays the system Kernel and Application software versions,
and the channel card(s) and HPA firmware revisions.
S: set satellite longitude Sets the satellite longitude.
(c)
Menu 3
Figure 4-5 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 3 screen display. Table 4-8
describes the items available in Menu 3. Figure 4-6 shows the Menu 3, Item M:
Miscellaneous parameters screen display. Table 4-9 describes the items
available in Menu 3, Item M.
MENU 3
FIRMWARE Vx.x
list EEPROM
clear event log
list call log
list ORT
set all LES id's
set CP ORT parameter
N next menu
O
list event log
misc. EEPROM parameter
clear call log
ocean region parameter
list SCM/CP ORT
copy CP ORT to SCM
previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-5 Menu 3 Screen Display
23-15-30
4-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-8 Menu 3 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
L: list EEPROM
Description
Displays a list of all system EEPROM parameters and their
corresponding values (this function is READ only).
Certain parameters are set using Menu 3, item M selection.
C: clear event log
Clears all events and system fault codes stored in
non-volatile RAM.
F: list call log
Displays call log files for HSD-440 terminal. When
selected, three options are available:
•
To display complete list of all log files, press F.
•
To list extended EIRP trace data, press X.
•
To list all remaining entries, press PERIOD.
O: list ORT
Displays all Data I/O parameters and Ocean Region
parameters.
I: set all LES id's
Configures all ORs to the same LES access code.
K: set CP ORT parameter
Sets user configurable ORT options in the control
processor ORT.
S: list event log
Lists all events stored in non-volatile RAM.
When selected, several options are available:
•
0 displays the most recent saved entry.
•
S displays next most recent entry saved.
•
PERIOD displays all remaining logged entries.
•
1 displays special events (does not include ORR
entries).
M: misc. EEPROM
parameter
Enables entry or entry changes to some EEPROM
parameters.
G: clear call log
Clears call log files for HSD-440 terminal.
P: ocean region parameter Configures LES access codes for individual ORs.
H: list SCM/CP ORT
Lists the values contained in either the SCM or the CP ORT.
R: copy CP ORT to SCM
Copies values stored in the CP ORT to the SCM.
23-15-30
4-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS
1 HPA-TO-ANTENNA TOTAL LOSS
2 FORWARD ID
3 GPS PROTECTION ALGORITHMS
10 NUMBER OF CHANNEL CARDS
11 FRONT PANEL LEDS ENABLED
14 MAINTENANCE PORT INVERSE VIDEO
15 MAINTENANCE PORT DEGREES SYMBOL
16 TERMINAL CATEGORY
WHICH PARAMETER #
46
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
20
21
22
29
30
31
42
45
N for next page
CATEGORY B UPPER FREQUENCY LIMIT
SDU INPUT POWER OFFSET
OUTPUT POWER COUPLING CONST
REFLECTED POWER COUPLING CONST
REFLECTED POWER SLOPE
REFLECTED POWER INTERCEPT
PSU CURRENT SLOPE
PSU CURRENT INTERCEPT
WHICH PARAMETER #
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
N for next page
CARD 1 IP ADDRESS
CARD 2 IP ADDRESS
TRANSMIT IF WEIGHT-ON-WHEELS
DEFAULT LATITUDE
DEFAULT LONGITUDE
OBEY OXCO STATUS
HCM AERO/M4 PRIORITIZATION
CATEGORY B LOWER FREQUENCY LIMIT
QUAL PA BACKOFF
CLASSIC AERO MANUAL BOOT
CH CARD GATEWAY ADDRESS
IMEI KEY
SDU-TO-PA GAIN
CARD 1 SUBNET ADDRESS
CARD 2 SUBNET ADDRESS
AIR/GROUND BEHAVIOUR
Figure 4-6 Menu 3—Item M: Miscellaneous Parameters
Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Description
HPA-to-Antenna
Total Loss
Defines transmit coaxial cable loss from the
HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to the antenna, including
the DLNA loss—maximum is 2.5 dB (includes DLNA
loss of 0.8 dB).
Forward ID
Entry required as the ICAO address is strapped.
Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for strapping
details.
GPS protection
algorithms
Disables the GPS algorithms the HSD-440 terminal
uses to prevent calls from interfering with the GPS
navigational system on the aircraft.
10
Number of channel Selects the number of channel cards for which the
cards
system is configured.
11
Front panel LEDs
enabled
Future consideration is provided for additional LEDs,
beyond the two currently activated—default is 2.
14
Maintenance port
inverse video
Enables a selected report to be highlighted in Inverse
Video when it is activated—default is 1 (activated).
23-15-30
4-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)
Parameter
Number
15
16
Parameter Name
Maintenance port
degrees symbol
Terminal category
Description
Offers a choice of displaying the letter D or the
degree symbol ° when viewing the lat/long
information displayed in the Reports output:
•
Select 0 to use the letter D; e.g., 180.0 D.
•
Select 1 to use a degree symbol °; e.g., 180.0°.
Offers an LRU configuration choice of the following:
•
1 for Stand-Alone
•
2 for HW Strapping
Default is 2 (where hardware is read on power-up).
20
Card 1 IP Address IP address of channel card 1.
22
Transmit if
Allows the system to transmit when it is on the
Weight-on-Wheels ground.
29
Default Latitude
Allows user to enter a default latitude value.
Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised
default values.
30
Default Longitude
Allows user to enter a default longitude value.
Reset the HSD-440 terminal to activate revised
default values.
31
Obey OXCO status Prevents system operation until OCXO is warmed up
(unless overridden).
Use parameter setting to override warm-up during
testing procedures.
42
HCM Aero/M4
prioritization
Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone
operation
45
Category B lower
frequency limit
Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone
operation.
46
Category B upper
frequency limit
Not applicable for HSD-440 terminal Stand-Alone
operation.
51
SDU input power
offset
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
52
Output power
coupling const
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
53
Reflected power
coupling const
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
54
Reflected power
slope
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
55
Reflected power
intercept
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
56
PSU current slope
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
23-15-30
4-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-9 Menu 3, Item M EEPROM Parameter Descriptions (Continued)
Parameter
Number
Parameter Name
Description
57
PSU current
intercept
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
58
Qual PA backoff
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
59
Classic AERO
manual boot
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
60
Ch card gateway
address
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
61
IMEI key
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
62
SDU-to-PA gain
Not modifiable by the end-user in any mode of
operation.
63
Card 1 subnet
address
Subnet address of channel card 1.
65
Air/ground
behaviour
Determines the function of WOW strapping.
(d) Menu 4
Figure 4-7 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 4 screen display. Table 4-10
describes the items available in Menu 4.
MENU 4
FIRMWARE Vx.x
channel card forward ID's
change spot beam
report MUX stats
N next menu
O
set Ocean Region
toggle ISDN connection
previous menu
select reports
Figure 4-7 Menu 4 Screen Display
23-15-30
4-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-10 Menu 4 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
Item Description
Q: channel card
forward IDs
Enables viewing of channel cards 1 and 2 FWD IDs and ICAO
address.
S: change spot
beam
Enables manual selection of specific spot beams independently
assigned for each channel card.
M: report MUX stats Not applicable:
Used for engineering debugging purposes only.
O: set Ocean
Region
Allows for manual selection of satellite ORs:
AORW:0
AORE:1
POR:2
IOR:3
To revert to programmed selection, type -1, and then press ENTER
for AUTO selection.
(e) Menu 10
Menu 10 items are used to manually enter INS parameters to simulate the INS
data required for HSD-440 terminal operation when INS data is unavailable.
Figure 4-8 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 10 screen display.
Table 4-11 describes the items available in Menu 10.
MENU 10
FIRMWARE Vx.x
simul INS lat
simul INS long
simul INS heading
simul INS true track
simul INS pitch
simul INS roll
simul INS speed
simul INS altitude
activate INS simul words
simul port ACU status
simul sb ACU status
activate antenna status words
deactivate antenna status words
toggle active antenna
deactivate INS simul words
N next menu
O previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-8 Menu 10 Screen Display
23-15-30
4-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-11 Menu 10 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
L: simul INS lat
Description
Simulates a latitude by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
H: simul INS heading Simulates aircraft heading by overriding the data received from
the aircraft INS.
P: simul INS pitch
Simulates aircraft pitch by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
S: simul INS speed
Simulates aircraft speed by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
A: activate INS simul Activates all input simulate parameters, overriding the INS data
words
received from the aircraft.
Lat and Long values from the EEPROM values set in Menu 3.
B: simul sb ACU
status
Enter the Starboard antenna gain in dB and the message rate in
Hz.
N: deactivate
antenna status
words
De-activates all set antenna status words.
X: deactivate INS
simul words
De-activates all simulated parameters reverting the HSD-440
terminal back to using the INS data received from the aircraft.
G: simul INS long
Simulates aircraft longitude by overriding the data received from
the aircraft INS.
T: simul INS true
track
Simulates true track by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
R: simul INS roll
Simulates aircraft roll by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
Q: simul INS altitude Simulates aircraft altitude by overriding the data received from the
aircraft INS.
C: simul port ACU
status
Enter both the port antenna gain in dB and the message rate in Hz.
M: activate antenna Activates all set antenna status words.
status words
D: toggle active
antenna
(f)
Changes the current simulated active antenna. Choose Starboard,
port, or automatic. Note that this change will only take effect if
antenna status words are activated using menu item M.
Menu 13
Menu 13 items are used to query and debug the data I/O card.
Figure 4-9 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 13 screen display.
Table 4-12 describes the items available in Menu 13.
23-15-30
4-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MENU 13
FIRMWARE Vx.x
query DATA IO
query DATA IO
DATA IO fault
print DATA IO
N next menu
elapsed time
services
logging level
call database
O
query DATA IO version
DATA IO test
DATA IO console mode
previous menu
select reports
Figure 4-9 Menu 13 Screen Display
Table 4-12 Menu 13 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
Description
T: query DATA IO elapsed
time
Displays the time (in seconds) since the last data I/O reset.
S: query DATA IO services Displays active interfaces.
F: DATA IO fault logging
level
Sets the level of minimum severity of events that are
reported to the data I/O card.
G: print DATA IO call
database
Displays the calls made and recorded in the data I/O
database.
V: query DATA IO version
Displays the firmware version of the data I/O card.
D: DATA IO test
Tests individual interfaces of the data I/O.
X: DATA IO console mode
Opens a virtual TTY session to the data I/O maintenance
port on the HSD-440 terminal.
(g) Menu 14
Menu 14 items are used only by professional installers for debugging and
clarifying call routing issues.
Figure 4-10 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 14 screen display.
MENU 14
FIRMWARE Vx.x
num entries in call table
get call table
N next menu
O
list call table
previous menu
select reports
Figure 4-10 Menu 14 Screen Display
(h) Menu 15
Figure 4-11 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 15 screen display.
Table 4-13 describes the items available in Menu 15.
23-15-30
4-15
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MENU 15
FIRMWARE Vx.x
request channel card versions
channel card serial number
channel card RSSI mode
A_TI query
request burst counter
N next menu
O previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-11 Menu 15 Screen Display
Table 4-13 Menu 15 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
V: request channel
card versions
Item Description
Displays software versions for a selected channel card.
B: channel card RSSI Places the channel card in Received Signal Strength Indicator
mode
mode.
As requested, enter the channel number, the OR, the channel
type, and the RSSI period in milliseconds.
W: request burst
counter
Displays the burst counter information.
D: channel card serial Displays the serial number of the selected channel card.
number
G: A_TI query
Manually sends an A_TI query to the requested channel card to
check on the alive/dead status of the channel card processors.
As requested, enter a channel card number and service type to
query.
(i)
Menu 21
Figure 4-12 shows the HSD-440 terminal MPU Menu 21 screen display.
Table 4-14 describes the items available in Menu 21.
MENU 21
FIRMWARE Vx.x
get channel card ethernet parms
get channel card IMEI key
request SBB configuration
N next menu
O previous menu
= select reports
Figure 4-12 Menu 21 Screen Display
23-15-30
4-16
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-14 Menu 21 Item Descriptions
Menu Item
Item Description
P: get channel card
ethernet parms
Displays the Ethernet parameters of the channel card,
including the MAC address, the IP address, the gateway
IP address, the host name, the DHCP status, and the
DHCP server IP address.
B: request SBB
configuration
Displays the SwiftBroadband configuration.
I: get channel card IMEI key Displays the IMEI key of the channel card.
(6) Report Descriptions
When testing or troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal, monitoring real-time system
data is sometimes required. Figure 4-13 shows all the reports potentially available to
a Level 2 user.
Most reports are used for factory debugging purposes only. This document describes
only the reports typically used in the field for operational and fault isolation testing.
NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed, the MPU reports displayed
may differ from those shown in Figure 4-13.
23-15-30
4-17
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
10
11
12
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF messages to card #1
OFF hex output to card #1
OFF responses from card #1
OFF hex input from card #1
OFF card #1 misc info
sb antenna arinc input
sb antenna maintenance word
sb antenna status word
channel card call status
channel card THA codes
channel card errors
INS input
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
messages to card #2
hex output to card #2
responses from card #2
hex input from card #2
card #2 misc info
port antenna arinc input
port antenna maintenance word
port antenna status word
call codes
spot beam selection
standard output
doppler, antenna az/el
Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off
X turn off all reports
N show next page
ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU
25
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
38
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
HPA arinc i/o
HPA/channel card backoffs
miscellaneous digital inputs
channel card A_AM msgs
multi-control arinc bus
ocean region info
hex input from data i/o
hex output to data i/o
input from data i/o
changes in multi-control bus
unit test call setup
combined-mode power allotment
39
40
41
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
extended call codes
multi-control time and date
OFF debug channel card power
non-zero channel card power
m4 availability status
channel card frequencies
enthusiastic messages from HPA
channel card boot sequence
debug honeywell combined mode
CFDS debugging
vt100 scenario
DATA I/O events
76
77
78
79
86
87
89
90
91
92
93
94
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
save to EEPROM
HSD-X arinc messages
HSD-X net configuration
vt100 eirp/power
dialtone debugging
Channel card rx attenuation
interworking report
debug call teardown
debug cc backoff
HSD frequencies
intermod debugging
spot beam debugging
vt100 channel card info
Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off
X turn off all reports
N show next page
ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU
23-15-30
save to EEPROM
combined-mode debugging
enthusiastic combined-mode debug
delta combined-mode debugging
sdu path cable calibration
hpa calibration (gain droop)
combined mode ocean region debug
hpa resets
channel card temperature
hexadecimal INS input
main loop latency
main loop timing
one second tick
Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off
X turn off all reports
N show next page
ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU
52
54
60
61
62
64
65
66
67
68
69
72
save to EEPROM
4-18
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
95 OFF vt100 debugging
96 OFF INS data rate
107 OFF unusual channel card msgs
108 OFF channel card rf pwr detect
109 OFF channel card power SU's
110 OFF underdraft debugging
111 OFF miscellaneous digital outputs
112 OFF arinc labels
113 OFF channel card sw loads
114 OFF all channel card THA codes
115 OFF OCXO state toggles
116 OFF DATA I/O passthrough mode
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
output to data i/o (ascii)
channel card rf loopback
I2C controller i/o
I2C controller hex i/o
I2C slave status
I2C miscellaneous input
enthusiastic backoff
PA mute debugging
PA BITE status
calibrated power detectors
power supply dc current
VSWR monitoring
Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off
X turn off all reports
N show next page
ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU
129
130
131
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
I2C output to PA
I2C temperature sensors
duart channel hex input
LES access codes
MCDU #1 arinc input
MCDU #2 arinc input
arinc output to MCDU
MCDU state machine
ascii digital inputs
W'burg messages to CMU
W'burg messages from CMU (hex)
W'burg messages from CMU
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
154
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
AES status table queries
MCDU driver errors
ADC raw values
classic AERO call progress
AES status
AERO SUs for this terminal
1252-A-3400 status
vt100 mcdu
periodic messages to CMU
enthusiastic digital inputs
615 data loader upgrades
615 data loader debugging
save to EEPROM
lo-level W'burg labels from CMU
next W'burg LDU
W'burg state changes
all input from CMU (hex)
periodic messages from CMU
arinc hex output to CMU
USIM heater control
AERO logging text -- no SU
ACARS P-channel RX data
all AERO SUs
AERO msg acks
non-periodic msgs to aero card
Enter 1 thru 167 to toggle report on/off
X turn off all reports
N show next page
ESC return to PREVIOUS MENU
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
save to EEPROM
167 OFF max 615 debugging
10
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF messages to card #1
OFF hex output to card #1
OFF responses from card #1
OFF hex input from card #1
OFF card #1 misc info
sb antenna arinc input
sb antenna maintenance word
sb antenna status word
channel card call status
channel card THA codes
Figure 4-13 HSD-440 Terminal MPU Reports
23-15-30
4-19
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(7) Activating Maintenance Reports
In Level 1 menu access, report 23 (standard output) is automatically generated when
the EQUAL SIGN is pressed. Once activated, the report data output is repeated on
the computer display at one-second intervals.
Level 2 maintenance access provides more flexibility in the use of the reports function.
This access level permits the activation or deactivation of any one of the reports
(toggle on and off).
(a) Reports General Guidelines
•
To open the report menu, press EQUAL SIGN.
•
To activate a report, type the number of the report needed, and then press
ENTER. This toggles on the report number entered. To toggle the report off,
type the report number again, and then press ENTER.
•
To disable all reports (toggles all reports off), press X.
•
To display the next group of reports, press CTRL+N.
•
To save all selected reports to EEPROM, press S. The selected reports will
then be output automatically when the maintenance port is accessed. If the
items selected are not saved, they are de-activated when the system is reset
or power is cycled to the terminal.
•
To start the scrolling report display, press ESC (in Level 2 access only). To
return to the menu selection screen, press ESC again.
(b) Report Descriptions
Not all the reports are used in the testing or troubleshooting of the system. This
section describes only the more commonly used reports.
1. Report 23
Report 23 is the most comprehensive report, giving an overall general
impression of the HSD-440 terminal health. An example of the contents of
report 23 is shown in Figure 4-14. Table 4-15 provides a brief description of
the parameters. Each distinct parameter is numbered for description
purposes.
17:12:40 dop 0 ppb az
CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB
CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB
CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W
112.2 deg el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
Hz sig=-32.2 dB 41.5 C speech beam=4
Hz sig=-32.9 dB 41.5 C no call beam=5
Hz sig=-26.2 dB 40.0 C log on beam=4
Hz sig= -0.0 dB 40.5 C no call beam=4
PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
Figure 4-14 Example of Report 23 Output
23-15-30
4-20
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-15 Report 23 Item Descriptions
Report 23
Item Number
Description
IRS lat/long as interpreted by the HSD-440 terminal
Aircraft pitch angle, where UP is positive
Aircraft roll angle, where clockwise is positive
Aircraft true heading; where the nose of the aircraft is pointing, based on
yaw offset
Aircraft true track; direction the aircraft is flying—not necessarily the
direction it is pointing (see note below)
Aircraft velocity
Time based on the system real time clock
Doppler frequency offset; increases with velocity (see note below)
Antenna azimuth pointing to the satellite, with respect to the nose of the
aircraft
10
Antenna elevation angle to the satellite, with respect to the horizontal
position of the aircraft
11
OR to which the system is logged on
12
Reported antenna gain for the selected antenna: Starboard (sbd) or port
(p/t)
13
Indicates the channel card for which results 14 to 17 relate
14
RF input Carrier-to-Noise (C/No) level; typically 50.0 to 55.0
15
RF input signal level; not to exceed 0 when in-call
16
HSD-440 terminal channel card temperature
17
System call status indicates it is logged on or off for channel 3
18
Satellite beam on which the card is registered
NOTE: When the aircraft is stationary, the field may appear as a series of
asterisks (*).
2. Reports 5 and 17
Report 5 displays information for channel card 1, and report 17 displays
information for channel card 2.
These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system
and are only available to Level 2, maintenance access users.
You are prompted to select the channel(s) for which to generate a report as
shown in Figure 4-15:
WHICH GAN CHANNEL (1,2,B,X) ?
Figure 4-15 Example of Prompt to Generate a Report
23-15-30
4-21
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Select channel 1, channel 2, Both channels, or X to deselect all channels.
For channel card 2, you will select channel 3, channel 4, Both channels, or X
to deselect all channels
NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection
of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in
Figure 4-16.
CHAN #3: C/No=52.2 dB Hz sig=-16.2 dB log on
tx 1646560000 Hz burst 0
40.0 C
beam=4 AORE bt=OK oc=NA
Figure 4-16 Example of Report 17, Channel Card 2, Channel 3
3. Reports 8 and 20
Report 8 displays the status of the Starboard antenna, and report 20 displays
the status of the port antenna.
These reports are commonly used for testing and troubleshooting the system
and are only available to Level 2, maint access users.
NOTE: Depending on the version of software installed and the user's selection
of reports, the MPU reports displayed may differ from those shown in
the example in Figure 4-17.
port status $600231 SDI: PRT/TOP SSM: NORMAL gain=12.0
OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE open loop tracking starboard active
HGA
LNA=off
Figure 4-17 Example of Report 20
Table 4-16 shows descriptions of the items in reports 8 and 20.
Table 4-16 Reports 8 and 20 Descriptions
Reports 8 and 20
Starboard and Port Antenna Status
(Hex code) -
Raw hex code of the 32-bit ARINC word—decoded message
follows code. The last 8-bits are not shown (ARINC label).
(SDI) -
Antenna being used (for mechanically and beam steered, only Port
data is valid)
(SSM) -
Antenna serviceability
(Gain) -
Reported antenna gain (may vary with increased blockage or
keyhole pointing)
(Mode) -
Reports tracking status, antenna selection, and high gain mode
(LNA) -
Power-on status
23-15-30
4-22
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
4. Report 21
Report 21 displays the call code information for the HSD-440 terminal.
Figure 4-18 shows an example of report 21. Table 4-17 describes the items
in report 21.
15:56:23 #2 456DEF E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration
2.0 C 52 dB Hz
15:56:24 #1 123ABC E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration
2.0 C 52 dB Hz
15:56:26 #2 456DEF E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 42.0 C 52 dB Hz
15:56:26 #1 123ABC E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 42.0 C 51 dB Hz
15:58:30 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon 40.0 C 51 dB Hz
15:59:00 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 38 dB Hz
15:59:13 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 50 dB Hz
16:19:23 #3 60104507 E4 stop 400110 aero logon 40.0 C 54 dB Hz
16:19:52 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 0 dB Hz
16:20:05 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 49 dB Hz
Figure 4-18 Example Report 21
Table 4-17 Report 21 Item Descriptions
Report 21
Call Codes
(Time) -
Time based on the system real time clock
(Fwd Addr) -
Forward address ID/ICAO assigned to the system channel cards
(Alpha/no.) -
OR and beam the card is logged on to
(Call) -
Call real-time status, service type code, and Inmarsat Cause Code (see
Appendix H: Inmarsat Cause Codes on page H-1)
(RF power) -
LES commanded HPA power in dBW
(OR status) -
OR registration status
(Call orig)
Call originating from MES or from a fixed location
(Call type)
Call types (for example, speech)
D. Fault Definitions
The fault definitions that appear in the HSD-440 terminal maintenance menu logs are
based directly on the cause code definitions provided by Inmarsat. Appendix H: Inmarsat
Cause Codes on page H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440
terminal.
E. Operational and Diagnostic Test Procedures
(1) General
You can perform all test procedures presented in this section to test the total
operational status of the HSD-440 terminal. You can conduct these operational tests
for all terminals returned to service after repair.
23-15-30
4-23
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The procedures assume that the technical personnel are familiar with the test
equipment used and can operate the equipment to produce the required inputs and
obtain the required results (indications). Refer to the detailed operating procedures
and descriptions of the HSD-440 terminal MPU included in this section.
CAUTION: ONLY AUTHORIZED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WHO ARE TRAINED
IN GENERAL AVIATION WORKMANSHIP AND HAVE A BASIC
UNDERSTANDING OF SATCOM SYSTEMS SHOULD PERFORM THE
OPERATIONAL AND DIAGNOSTIC TEST PROCEDURES IN THIS
MANUAL.
CAUTION: CHANGES TO DEFAULT VALUES FOR SOME MENU FUNCTIONS
MAY SERIOUSLY DEGRADE SYSTEM OPERATION.
NOTE: This manual describes the basic MPU functions, menus, and reports required
for the testing and fault isolation procedures presented in this section. Please
consult EMS SATCOM Product Support before entering any unfamiliar menu
selections not described in this manual.
NOTE: Using a terminal emulation program, open a log file and save all test results
for future reference and test records.
NOTE: The procedures presented in this section aid technical personnel in
upgrading, maintaining, or troubleshooting an HSD-440 terminal.
Maintenance does not imply lubrication or adjustment activities.
Refer to the Outline and Installation diagrams and the Interconnection and Contact
Assignment drawings presented in "Installation" on page 3-1 for additional
information.
(2) Test Setup Procedure
The test setup procedure is presented in Table 4-18. For detailed connection of test
equipment and operating instructions for the HSD-440 terminal MPU, see "Terminal
MPU" on page 4-2.
Table 4-18 Test Setup Procedure
Step
Action
1.0
Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is neither powered up nor connected
to a power source.
2.0
Connect a maintenance cable to the HSD-440 terminal front-panel or
remote maintenance port connector.
3.0
Connect the other end of the cable to the serial port of the computer.
4.0
Open a log file to capture all test data.
(3) Post Test
When testing is completed, follow the steps in Table 4-19.
23-15-30
4-24
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-19 Post Test Procedure
Step
Action
1.0
Save the log file of the test results (or data) for future reference.
2.0
Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal that was tested and from all
other test equipment.
3.0
Disconnect test equipment from the HSD-440 terminal.
4.0
Replace the maintenance-port connector cover (if it was removed during
the test setup).
(4) Installation and Operational Verification Tests
The test procedures assume that an approved ARINC 741 compatible antenna
subsystem has been completely installed and tested as per the manufacturer's
instructions.
To facilitate and document the installation of the equipment, refer to "Installation
Checklist" on page E-1.
(a) Pre Power-up Checks
Carry out all mechanical and electrical verification tests in the systematic order
presented in this document.
(b) Mechanical Verification
Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed mechanical information. Table 4-20
itemizes recommended mechanical checks.
Table 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Mechanical Verification
STEP
1. 0
2. 0
Item Checked
Verification Description
Mounting tray
Make sure that service/maintenance are accessible.
Physical
placement
Check that environmental considerations are met,
including cooling, air-flow, and pressure
Fan tray
Confirm plug configuration is correct.
Check chassis bonding.
Make sure that fan rotation is unobstructed and rotates
freely.
3. 0
(c)
ARINC 600
connector
Check polarized pints.
Electrical Verification
Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for detailed electrical information. Table 4-21
itemizes the recommended electrical checks.
When conducting the following tests, do not rack the HSD-440 terminal.
WARNING: TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY AND/OR EQUIPMENT
DAMAGE, USE EXTREME CAUTION DURING THE VOLTAGE
LEVELS MEASUREMENTS.
23-15-30
4-25
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-21 HSD-440 Terminal Electrical Verification Checklist
STEP
1.0
Item Checked
Verification Description
Power connections 28 V dc polarity or 115 V ac polarity
Chassis ground @ BP8—resistance measurement
2.0
Voltage levels
CAUTION: WHEN POWER IS APPLIED TO THE
RACK, THE FAN ENERGIZES.
Check voltage levels:
28 V dc: between BP2 (positive) and BP3 (return)
or
115 V ac: between BPI (115-H) and BP7 (115-C)
3.0
IRS Input
IRS wiring:
Inertial system wired to TP4J (A) and TP4K (B)
IRS format:
ARINC 429 Interface
4.0
Configuration Strap SDI:
Pins
Strapped for HGA, Pin TP5B to TP5D
System configuration:
Strapped for Stand-Alone Mode, Pins TP4A and
TP4C strapped to TP7K
ICAO ID:
User specific address obtained from the aircraft
registration
WOW: optional
5.0
Ethernet 1 and 2
Wired to RJ45 distribution points
Optional—other service may be preferred
6.0
ISDN 1
Wired to RJ45 distribution points
Optional—other service may be preferred
7.0
8.0
Remotes
(optional but
recommended)
Remote reset switch
RF coaxial
Rx input cable loss from DLNA J2 to HSD-440 terminal
at BP12
Maintenance port, remote access
Power and fault indicators
Tx output cable loss from HSD-440 terminal at MPC1 to
DLNA J3
9.0
Multi-control and Antenna manufacturer and model
BITE from antenna
subsystem
23-15-30
4-26
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(5) Configuration Parameters Verification
You can now verify the system configuration parameters. For additional connection
and access information, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3. Verify and
document using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.
(a) Parameter Verification Procedure
•
From Menu 3, press H (list SCM/CP ORT), and then press 1 (CP EEPROM
ORT).
The ORT listing appears on the screen, as shown in Figure 4-19. Verify that
the correct system configuration parameters are listed in the ORT.
23-15-30
4-27
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MENU 3
HSD-440
list EEPROM
reset EEPROM
misc. EEPROM parameter
EMS serial number
clear call log
ocean region parameter
search call log
set CP ORT parameter
N next menu
O
FIRMWARE V11.9
AIR
list event log
clear event log
ignored faults
list call log
list ORT
set all LES id's
list SCM/CP ORT
copy CP ORT to SCM
previous menu
= select reports
TERMINAL: STAND-ALONE MODE
0 lists SCM ORT -- 1 lists CP EEPROM ORT ?
CP EEPROM ORT: ID 0
MCDU #1 aero voice noise level -50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #1 aero voice headset level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #1 aero voice mic level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #1 aero voice sidetone level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #2 aero voice noise level -50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #2 aero voice headset level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #2 aero voice mic level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU #2 aero voice sidetone level 50 SET BY CP DEFAULT
call light flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
chime light flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
hook switch flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
priority 4 flag -1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
MCDU type 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
Viper antenna gain 16.0 SET BY CP DEFAULT
viper hpa-antenna loss 6.7 SET BY CP DEFAULT
HSD SAL 307 SET BY CP DEFAULT
accept 'auto cts' flag 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT
send 'auto cts' flag 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT
BIT protocol verification flag 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
Use dest. code in WBURG protocol 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
HIT 'H' for MORE
RTS conflict resolution flag 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
WBURG full duplex 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT
use CMU SAL from ALO 0 SET BY CP DEFAULT
allow WBURG solo words 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
auto aero logon ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
allow high rate in global beam ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
aero icao address 000000 SET BY CP DEFAULT
allow interrogation from GES DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
cabin availability flag 1111 SET BY CP DEFAULT
CMU high-speed baudrate DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
forward id[7m ABC123[0m [7mNOT DEFAULT[0m SET BY MAINT PORT
Viper HSDX #1 cable loss 29.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT
Viper HSDX #2 cable loss 29.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT
air/ground status DISABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
position reporting 1 SET BY CP DEFAULT
HPA-antenna loss 2.5 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT
automatic LEDs ENABLED SET BY CP DEFAULT
minimum antenna gain 8.0 dB SET BY CP DEFAULT
restrict maintenance port in air YES SET BY CP DEFAULT
prevent transmissions on ground YES SET BY CP DEFAULT
HIT 'H' for MORE
DIO BLOCK:
MISSING
23-15-30
4-28
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
SATELLITE TABLE:
LES ACCESS
AORW:
AORE:
POR:
IOR:
SAT 4:
SAT 5:
SAT 6:
SAT 7:
CODE TABLE:
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
LES 1
NETWORK
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
ID
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
NAME
HIT 'H' for MORE
GES PRIORITY TABLE:
ENTRY #1 AORE
Eik
ENTRY #2 AORE
Aussaguel
ENTRY #3 AORE
Goonhilly
ENTRY #4 AORW
Goonhilly
ENTRY #5 AORW
Aussaguel
ENTRY #6 AORW
Southbury
ENTRY #7 AORW
Eik
ENTRY #8 IOR
Eik
ENTRY #9 IOR
Sentosa
ENTRY #10 IOR
Perth
ENTRY #11 IOR
Yamaguchi
ENTRY #12 POR
Santa Paula
ENTRY #13 POR
Sentosa
ENTRY #14 POR
Perth
ENTRY #15 POR
Yamaguchi
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
(GES
104)
103)
101)
1)
5)
2)
4)
301)
310)
305)
306)
202)
201)
205)
203)
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
PRIORITY
DONE
Figure 4-19 HSD-440 Terminal ORT Display Example
(6) System Power-up Checks
NOTE: Before proceeding, make sure that all pre power-up, mechanical, and
electrical verifications have been successfully performed and documented
using "Installation Checklist" on page E-1.
(a) Preparation
The following tests serve primarily to confirm proper system power-up; therefore,
they can be performed while the aircraft is still in the hangar. Make sure that a
computer is available for testing.
(b) Initial Visual LED Verification
The system's Power On and Fault LEDs provide a visual status indication on the
HSD-440 terminal front panel and on the optional remote panel.
To visually verify LEDs:
1.
Verify that the LED indicators (at both locations) repeatedly cycle on/off when
power is applied.
2.
Once the cycle has completed (~5 seconds), verify that the LED power
indicator remains illuminated.
23-15-30
4-29
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(c)
Initial Computer Power up Display
With the computer connected and configured to accept maintenance port data,
power-up the HSD-440 terminal, and verify the initial power-up screen displays,
as shown in Figure 4-20.
23-15-30
4-30
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
KERNEL V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007
TESTING RAM ......RAM OK.
CONFIDENTIAL PROPERTY OF EMS TECHNOLOGIES CANADA, LTD.
USE AND DISTRIBUTION LIMITED SOLELY TO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.
The use, disclosure, reproduction, modification, transfer or transmittal of
this work for any purpose, in any form, or by any means without the written
permission of EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. is strictly prohibited.
Copyright 2007 EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. All Rights Reserved
1252-A-3400 APPLICATION Vx.x -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007
VALIDATING DETECTOR CALIBRATION TABLES.... OK
VALIDATING ATTENUATOR CALIBRATION TABLE AT $608000.... OK
ORT OCEAN REGIONS:
SAT LONG
LES ID
TNID
**W SAT0
(region #0)
52.5W
**E AORE
(region #1)
15.0W
**P POR
(region #2) 178.5E
**I IOR
(region #3)
63.0E
** LONGITUDE UPDATED FROM AERO BULLETIN BOARDS
REAL TIME CLOCK PRESENT: 17:02:20 Fri Apr 13, 2007
FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1
4.1 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODE
FIRMWARE VERSIONS:
KERNEL:
APPLICATION:
CHANNEL CARD #1:
CHANNEL CARD #2:
DATA I/O CARD:
V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007
V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007
4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0
1.17.0.1 -- -- -- 2.7.0.0
Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb 2 2007 13:
CHANNEL CARD STATISTICS
CARD #1 SWIFT64 (SERIAL 4871):
886.8 hrs powered 3.8 hrs in call since 10:29:31 Dec 11, 2006
CARD #2 CLASSIC AERO (SERIAL 4422):
861.3 hrs powered 140.0 hrs in call since 10:29:29 Dec 11, 2006
HARDWARE:
EMS:
PART NUMBER
1110-A-3400
REVISION
SOFTWARE:
PART NUMBER
EMS:
*************
BOOT CRC:
D96D0D1F
APP. CRC:
557DFF24
REVISION
***
Type "menu" to activate the maintenance port menus.
Other passwords provide different levels of authorization.
time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1
time 17.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2
Figure 4-20 HSD-440 Terminal Power-up Display Example
23-15-30
4-31
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(7) System On-Air Checks
Conduct system on-air checks to confirm voice and data call capabilities through the
satellite and ground station network. Additional testing confirms that proper signal
level parameters are obtained through the antenna subsystem.
(a) Preparation
Before attempting on-air testing procedures:
1.
Complete and confirm all service provider registration and activation.
2.
Complete and document all pre power-up and power-up checks.
3.
Position the aircraft outside, away from all obstructions in the line-of-sight to
the satellite.
4.
Apply the aircraft power source.
5.
Power on and wait for the IRS to align.
6.
Connect a computer (with a terminal emulation program) to the HSD-440
terminal maintenance port.
NOTE: Several system parameters, such as IRS data, RF signal quality,
and logon messaging, appear on the maintenance port display.
Capture and save this maintenance port information to a file for later
review or to serve as a historical test record.
(b) On-Air Power up and Logon Procedure
For this test procedure, use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440
terminal MPU. For information on how to connect, access, and use the HSD-440
terminal MPU, see "Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.
To perform an on-air power up and logon:
1.
With the computer connected, powered up, and ready to accept maintenance
port data, power up the HSD-440 terminal.
2.
Once the power up messages appear, type the Level 2 password maint.
3.
To access the reports menu, press EQUAL SIGN, and then activate reports
21 (call codes) and 23 (standard output).
Remember to save these selected items by pressing S (save to EEPROM).
4.
To reset the HSD-440 terminal, in Menu 2, press Z, and then immediately
type the password maint when the reset messages appear.
The data from the previously selected reports 21 and 23 appears. This data
refreshes on-screen every second. You can capture this information in a log
file for later review or pause the display by pressing SCROLL LOCK or
highlighting part of the viewed data.
5.
Compare the output data to the sample shown in Figure 4-22.
You can review and document several parameters for operational verification
purposes. Refer to "Installation Checklist" on page E-1 for a detailed list of
parameters.
23-15-30
4-32
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
6.
Verify that the following system information, as shown on the System
Initialization Display during the test, is accurate for the HSD-440 terminal
under test.
•
FWD ID/ICAO ID
•
Installation mode
•
Number of channel cards
•
All channel cards trigger OR registration
The example figure has been edited for clarity. A successful logon is confirmed
when channel 3 changes states from Logoff to Logon.
23-15-30
4-33
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0922 ALO: Received user-initiated log on request (auto-select)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [00] 0923 ALO: User-initiated log on request ACCEPTED
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0924 ALO: State = Entry-11
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0925 ALO: Searching priority group 5
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0926 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklist
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0927 ALO: Number of valid satellites found in group = 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0928 ALO: Satellite ID in view = 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0929 ALO: Longitude difference from present position X100 = 6000
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0930 ALO: Best satellite ID = 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0931 ALO: State = Entry-2
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0932 ALO: Pointing antenna: SatId=1 Gen=0 LongX100=-1500 Inc=0, RAsc=100
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0933 ALO: Antenna pointing result = 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0934 ALO: State = Entry-10
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0935 ALO: Tuning Psid #0 to 14006
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0936 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14006, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0937 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0938 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-0
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0939 DspMsg: P-status at t = 193 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0940 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 193
17:06:20 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:20 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:22 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:22 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:23 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:23 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0947 DspMsg: P-status at t = 199 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0948 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 199
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0949 ALO: State = Await Revision Number
17:06:25 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:25 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0950 DspMsg: P-status at t = 200 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0952 ALO: Detected System Table revision 57
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0953 ALO: No System Table update required
17:06:27 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:27 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0959 ALO: Spot Beam Map revision 1 - no update required
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0960 ALO: State = Entry-3
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0961 ALO: At entry-3 with null GES ID and satellite chosen from the ORT; check
ORT for corresponding GES
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0962 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 68 not found in blacklist
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0963 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 67 not found in blacklist
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0964 ALO: Sat ID 1, GES ID 65 not found in blacklist
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0965 ALO: Adding to blacklist at index 0, sat ID 1, GES ID 65
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0966 ALO: For sat ID 1 in ORT group 5, number of valid GESs available = 2
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0967 ALO: Selected GES ID = 68
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0968 ALO: AES is in beam 4
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0969 ALO: Tuning Psmc to 14078
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0970 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14078, rate=600, CommonTiming = 0
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0971 ALO: Disable Tx Channels. R/T chan: 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0972 ALO: Requesting Rsmc power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 1350, min_slot = 14022,
max slot = 14038
17:06:27 #3 60104507 E0 start 400110 13.50 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 36 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0973 ALO: State = Await P-Channel Sync-1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0974 DspMsg: P-status at t = 201 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0975 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 201
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0976 ALO: Rsmc power allocated: EIRP requested = 1350, allocated = 1350
17:06:29 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:29 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:31 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:31 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0980 DspMsg: P-status at t = 207 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 0)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0981 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 207
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0982 ALO: Tuning Rsmc
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 0983 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14038, rate=600, eirp_X100=1350
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 0984 DEA: Msg: Log on
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0985 ALO: State = Entry-5
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0986 ALO: Sending log on request to GES 68 for class 3 AES in beam 4
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 0987 ALO: State = Await Log-On Confirm
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 0988 LLUSER: Log-on in progress AMIDU
17:06:33 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:33 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [10] 0995 RTSW: Recovered from missing SYNCHRO
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 0997 DspMsg: P-status at t = 208 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)
23-15-30
4-34
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
17:06:35 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:35 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1004 DspMsg: P-status at t = 210 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1005 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 210
17:06:36 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:36 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:38 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:38 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1031 ALO: Required Rd-channel EIRP x100 = 2040
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1032 ALO: Required T-channel [0] EIRP x100 = 910
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1033 ALO: Required T-channel [1] EIRP x100 = 2040
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1034 ALO: Required T-channel [2] EIRP x100 = 910
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1035 ALO: Requesting Rd/T-channel power for chnl 1: eirp_X100 = 2040, min_slot
= 14024, max slot = 14422
17:06:40 #3 60104507 E4 start 400110 20.40 dBW aero logon 40.0 C 49 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1036 ALO: State = Await Rd/T-Channel Power
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1037 ALO: Rd/T-channel power allocated: EIRP X100 requested = 2040, allocated
= 2040
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1038 ALO: Tuning Pd/Rd, Pd = 14434, synchronized = 1
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1039 ALO: Tuning P-channel(0) to 14434, rate=10500, CommonTiming = 0
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [05] 1040 ALO: Tuning R-channel(1) to 14422, rate=10500, eirp_X100=2040
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1041 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 0, sf = 0, uw 0)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1042 DspMsg: P-ch acquisition initiated at t = 215
17:06:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:40 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1043 ALO: State = Await Log-On ACKo
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1044 DspMsg: P-status at t = 215 (fr = 1, sf = 0, uw 1)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1045 DspMsg: P-ch sync acquired at t = 215
17:06:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:43 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [06] 1139 DEA: Msg: Log on
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1143 ALO: State = Logged-On
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1144 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 1: sat ID = 0, pref = 5, long X100 = -5250
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1145 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 2: sat ID = 3, pref = 5, long X100 = 6300
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1146 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 3: sat ID = 4, pref = 0, long X100 = 14250
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1147 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 4: sat ID = 1, pref = 5, long X100 = -1500
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1148 ALO: Satellite handover candidate 5: sat ID = 2, pref = 5, long X100 = 17850
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1149 ALO: Satellite handover evaluation table initialized with 5 satellite(s)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 1150 ALO: Satellite handover thresholds: bad EIRP = 5, bad antenna = 20, general
= 20
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [0b] 1163 LLUSER: Log-on AMIDU
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [3f] 1164 LLUSER: Resetting link layer traffic statistics
17:06:45 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:06:45 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1275 DspMsg: P-status at t = 220 (fr = 1, sf = 1, uw 1)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [34] 1276 DspMsg: P-ch SF lock at t = 220
17:06:49 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 51 dB Hz
17:06:49 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 51 dB Hz
17:06:52 #1 ABC123 E4 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 51 dB Hz
17:06:53 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:06:56 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:06:58 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8306 ACSE failed retry ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:07:01 #2 DEF456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:07:05 #2 DEF456 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4350 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4351 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 =
6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degrees
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4352 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta
X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degrees
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4353 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude delta
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4354 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 19 minute(s)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4355 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 4356 ALO: AES is still in beam 4
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7537 ALO: Evaluating satellite handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7538 ALO: Current satellite = 1 has preference = 5, longitude delta X100 =
6000, elevation angle = 12.20 degrees
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7539 ALO: Other candidate satellite = 0 has preference = 5, longitude delta
X100 = 2250, elevation angle = 33.55 degrees
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7540 ALO: Best satellite = 0 (not current), based on longitude delta
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7541 ALO: Satellite handover countdown = 18 minute(s)
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7542 ALO: Evaluating spot beam handover for AES lat X100 = 4500, long X100 = -7500
CARD #2 LOGGING TEXT [02] 7543 ALO: AES is still in beam 4
Figure 4-21 Logon Initialization Display Example
23-15-30
4-35
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(c)
On-Air Voice/Data Call Verification
Once the system has logged on, place a test voice and/or data call. Refer to
"System Operation" on page 2-1 for detailed call procedures. Verification of all
aircraft communication functions is recommended. Record the test call result on
"Installation Checklist" on page E-1.
NOTE: For the purposes of providing a sample display, an ISDN voice call is
documented. Refer to the HSD Quick Reference, MN-1110-10063, for
specific instructions on how to place voice and data calls.
(d) On-Air Voice/Data Call Verification Procedure
To place an on-air voice or data call:
1.
Make sure that the maintenance port reports 21 and 23 are activated.
2.
Place a test call.
3.
Observe the maintenance port messages, and verify that they are similar to
the sample provided in Figure 4-22.
23-15-30
4-36
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:39 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No=51.4 dB Hz sig=-31.4 dB
41.5 C no call beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-26.1 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:40 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:12:40 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB
41.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:42 #1 ABC123 E4 start 800124 22.50 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 41.5 C 52 dB Hz
17:12:42 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-1000 dB
41.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-33.7 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=49.3 dB Hz sig=-26.2 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:44 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-19.6 dB
41.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-32.7 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.8 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:49 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No=62.2 dB Hz sig=-19.9 dB
41.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.9 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:51 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No=61.8 dB Hz sig=-19.8 dB
41.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.7 dB Hz sig=-32.9 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-25.9 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
17:12:52 #1 ABC123 E4 stop 1001 call cleared by MES terminal 41.5 C 0 dB Hz
17:12:52 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (sbd)
CHAN #1: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig=-1000 dB
41.5 C no call beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB
41.5 C no call beam=5
CHAN #3: C/No=48.8 dB Hz sig=-26.1 dB
40.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
40.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
Figure 4-22 HSD-440 Terminal Call Display Example
(8) Antenna Tracking Checks
As a final ground-based system check, verify the antenna tracking. This confirms
proper signal reception and transmission for all aircraft headings.
23-15-30
4-37
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(a) Preparation
•
Perform all previous tests and document the results before proceeding.
•
As directed in previous tests, connect a computer to the maintenance port
and use the Level 2, maint password to access the HSD-440 terminal MPU.
•
Power up all avionics and align the IRS.
•
Taxi or tow the aircraft to an unobstructed, line-of-sight location where a
complete 360° rotation is possible.
(b) Antenna Tracking Verification Procedure
To verify antenna tracking:
NOTE: Report 8 (Starboard antenna status word) is only required where
conformal antennas are installed.
1.
From the reports menu, toggle on reports 8 and 20, and toggle off report 23.
2.
Position the aircraft at a baseline, start-of-test heading (0 degrees true
heading is recommended).
3.
Confirm that the baseline heading, as reported by the aircraft IRS, is similar
to that reported from the "HD" entry in report 23.
4.
Record the following data on the "Installation Checklist" on page E-1:
•
Antenna selected—port or Starboard (conformal only)
•
Antenna gain and azimuth angle
•
Heading
•
Channel card C/No and signal levels
5.
Rotate the aircraft through a full 360° circle while stopping to record data at
the following heading intervals:
•
For conformal or phased arrays: every 15°
•
For mechanically steered antenna: every 30°
(9) Optional System Checks
The following procedures are recommended but not essential. However, they serve
to confirm successful completion of all previous tests.
(a) Preparation
Activate reports 21 and 23 for the following checks.
(b) Optional Voice/Data Calls Procedure
NOTE: As in previous tests, open a log file to capture all maintenance port activity
during aircraft taxiing, flight, and landing segments.
•
Voice/data calls—ground segment:
Place any combination of voice and/or data calls while the aircraft is taxied
in a full circle and/or a figure 8 pattern. Note any voice or data anomalies.
23-15-30
4-38
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
•
F.
Voice/data calls—in flight:
Place any combination of voice and/or data calls during flight. The flight
pattern may include "standard rate of turn," figure 8, or circles. Note any voice
or data anomalies.
Software Load Procedures
EMS SATCOM may occasionally release new software for the HSD-440 terminal.
CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL
WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION: ENSURE THAT ALL REPORTS AND MENUS ARE TURNED OFF.
Load new software with a laptop or computer connected to the maintenance port of the
HSD-440 terminal, using the EMS Loader application.
NOTE: Refer to the applicable software release note or service bulletin for a specific list
of the software files that need to be loaded. If in doubt, verify with EMS SATCOM
Product Support that the software version being loaded is the latest release.
(1) Loading Channel Card Software
CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL
WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.
This section describes how to load channel card software to HSD-440 terminals using
the EMS Loader.
To load channel software:
1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.
2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.
3. Turn on the computer.
4. Save the EMS Loader application file (ADT_LOAD.exe) to the same folder on
your computer that contains the software files.
It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory
and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.
5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.
6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not
execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.
7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe.
The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and
prompts you to select a target for the software.
8. To load all software on channel card 1, type 22. To load all software on channel
card 2, type 23.
9. Press ENTER.
The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port.
23-15-30
4-39
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
10. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.
The EMS Loader prompts you to type a filename.
11. Type config.hex, and then press ENTER.
The prompt asks if this is RF control software for TAL2 (channel card 1) or TAL4
(channel card 2).
12. To choose the default, N (No), press ENTER.
The EMS Loader will continue to prompt for the next filename.
13. Type the following file names one at a time, press ENTER after each one, type Y
or N, and then press ENTER again.
•
release.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER
•
cpumain.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER
•
tmsc33.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER
•
tmsc64.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER
•
rfcontrol.hex, ENTER, N, ENTER
•
rfcontrol2.hex, ENTER, Y, ENTER
14. To terminate the list, press ENTER at the prompt.
Communication with the HSD-440 terminal is established. A percentage (%) load
status indicator appears on the screen. Once the load is complete, a confirmation
message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been
successfully loaded. The DOS window closes, and the HSD-440 terminal resets.
15. Repeat this procedure to load software to channel card 2.
16. If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on
page 4-42.
NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If,
after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact
EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance.
(2) Loading Control Processor Software
CAUTION: SOFTWARE MUST NOT BE LOADED TO THE HSD-440 TERMINAL
WHEN THE TERMINAL IS FULLY INSTALLED IN THE AIRCRAFT.
This section describes how to load control processor software on to HSD-440
terminals.
To load control processor software to the HSD-440 terminal:
1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.
2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.
3. Turn on the computer.
23-15-30
4-40
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe to the same folder on your computer that contains the
software files.
It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory
and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.
5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.
6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not
execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.
7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe to launch the load
application.
The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and
prompts you to select a target for the software.
8. To load control processor software to the control processor, press 0 (zero), and
then press ENTER.
The load application prompts you to type a filename.
9. Type the filename for the software being loaded to the HSD-440 terminal control
processor, and then press ENTER.
The EMS Loader prompts you to select a COM port.
10. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.
11. To start the load, press ENTER. To abort the software load, press ESC.
Communication with the HSD-440 terminal is established. A percentage (%) load
status indicator appears on the screen. Once the load is complete, a confirmation
message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been
successfully loaded. The DOS window closes, and the HSD-440 terminal resets.
12. If no other software loads are required, proceed to "Verifying Software Loads" on
page 4-42.
NOTE: If the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure. If,
after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact
EMS SATCOM Product Support for assistance.
(3) Updating Displayed Software Versions
Once you have uploaded the major software to the HSD-440 terminal, you must load
a BIN file to display the new versions. Load this file according to the applicable
software service bulletin released by EMS SATCOM.
To update displayed software versions:
1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.
2. Connect a computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.
3. Turn on the computer.
4. Save ADT_LOAD.exe to the same folder on your computer that contains the
software files.
It is recommended that you create a folder named HSD Load in the root directory
and save the load program file and the software files to this folder.
23-15-30
4-41
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
5. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.
6. Close all other applications running on the computer. The load program will not
execute successfully if other programs are using the COM port.
7. In the HSD Load folder, double-click ADT_LOAD.exe to launch the load
application.
The EMS Loader opens in a DOS window, displays the Load Target menu, and
prompts you to select a target for the software.
8. To load application software, type 24.
9. Press ENTER.
The system prompts you for a filename.
NOTE: The filename follows the format li_XX.bin.
10. Type the filename of the software.
11. Press ENTER.
The program prompts you to select a COM port.
12. Type the COM port connected to the HSD-440 terminal, and then press ENTER.
13. To start the load, press ENTER.
A percentage (%) progress indicator appears on the screen. A confirmation
message briefly appears on the screen indicating that the file has been
successfully loaded, and the DOS window closes. This completes the software
load.
If all software loads are finished, verify the success of the software load by following
the instructions provided in "Verifying Software Loads" on page 4-42.
In the event that the load fails, restart the load from the beginning of the procedure.
If, after two attempts, the load still does not complete successfully, contact EMS
SATCOM Product Support for assistance.
(4) Verifying Software Loads
After loading all software as specified in the applicable software service bulletin
released by EMS SATCOM, verify that all software loaded successfully.
NOTE: The screens shown in this procedure are examples only. The software and
other versions may differ from your terminal.
To verify software loads:
1. Apply power to the HSD-440 terminal.
2. On the computer, open a terminal emulation program, such as HyperTerminal,
and start the HSD-440 terminal MPU.
3. Connect the computer to the maintenance port of the HSD-440 terminal.
4. Type maint, and then press ENTER.
Menu 1 appears.
5. To scroll to Menu 2, press CTRL+N.
23-15-30
4-42
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
6. To display the versions of software loaded onto the HSD-440 terminal, press V.
A list of firmware versions appears similar to the example provided below (actual
versions will differ depending on the software installed on the terminal).
FIRMWARE VERSIONS:
KERNEL:
APPLICATION:
CHANNEL CARD #1:
CHANNEL CARD #2:
DATA I/O CARD:
V1.4 -- Wed Feb 21 08:58:08 2007
V11.9 -- Wed Mar 28 10:07:24 2007
4.9.8.0 -- 0.3.6.2 -- 2.1.0.0 -- 2.7.0.0
1.17.0.1 -- -- -- 2.7.0.0
Version 1.39.0.0 built on Feb 2 2007 13:
7. Verify that all software has loaded successfully to both channel cards. Verify that
the firmware versions shown match the versions listed on the load disk (or files)
and in the software service bulletin (examples shown above).
8. Close the terminal emulation program.
9. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal.
This completes the software load verification.
(5) Disconnecting Load Equipment
You must complete all required software loads and load verification before you
disconnect the load equipment.
To disconnect load equipment:
1. Remove power from the HSD-440 terminal (if applicable).
2. Turn off the computer (if applicable).
3. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the COM port.
4. Disconnect the serial cable connector from the HSD-440 terminal maintenance
port.
2.
Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation
This section provides troubleshooting procedures for HSD-440 terminals experiencing faults
during the commissioning process or previously operational terminals now considered as not
working.
Troubleshooting procedures require data obtained using the MPU of the HSD-440 terminals.
For specific instructions on how to access and use the maintenance port and MPU, refer to
"Connection Requirements" on page 4-3.
A. Troubleshooting Practices
Troubleshooting practices for the HSD-440 terminal fall into two categories: non-specific
and specific complaints.
23-15-30
4-43
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(1) Non-specific Complaints
When troubleshooting terminals with non-specific complaints, complete all system
verification and functional tests starting on page 4–23. Document whether the terminal
passes or fails each test.
If the terminal passes all tests and no fault is discovered, all associated equipment
and aircraft wiring should be tested.
If the terminal fails a specific test, isolate the actual fault or faults by performing the
troubleshooting procedures provided in this section.
(2) Specific Complaints
When troubleshooting terminals with specific complaints, you can proceed directly to
the applicable troubleshooting and fault isolation procedure provided in this section.
B. Equipment Required
The equipment required for troubleshooting and fault isolation is the same as the
equipment required for test purposes, as listed in "Test and Fault Isolation Equipment
Requirements" on page 4-1.
C. Troubleshooting Aids
This section presents examples of maintenance screens and troubleshooting tables to
assist in troubleshooting and fault isolation activities. The exact screen display may vary
depending on the version of the terminal's operational software and installation
configuration mode.
NOTE: The screens used in the figures presented in this section may have been edited
for clarity and illustrative purposes.
(1) Fault Isolation Screen Displays
Figure 4-23 to Figure 4-33 provide example maintenance screens for reference and
illustration purposes.
time 8.6 seconds: powering on channel card #2
card is already on
SENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMAND
time 22.1 seconds CHAN #2 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!
SENDING FIRST OC_RESTART COMMAND
time 22.5 seconds CHAN #1 CONTROL PROCESSOR TRIGGERING ORR IN AORE!!
10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration
32.0 C 54 dB Hz
10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration
32.0 C 55 dB Hz
10:45:18 #2 ABC456 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 32.0 C 54 dB Hz
10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8306 ACSE successful ORR 32.0 C 54 dB Hz
Figure 4-23 Successful OR Registration (report 21 activated)
23-15-30
4-44
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
10:45:14 #1 ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
32.0 C 54 dB Hz
10:45:15 #2 ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
32.0 C 55 dB Hz
10:45:19 #1 ABC123 E5 stop xxxx ORR FAIL
CT SP ocean region registration
CT SP ocean region registration
32.0 C
54 dB Hz
Figure 4-24 Failed OR Registration
15:14:08 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (p/t)
CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.2 dB
42.5 C no call beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.5 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB
42.5 C no call beam=4
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-24.2 dB
41.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
41.5 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
Figure 4-25 No Call (report 23)
15:15:04 #1 442BF5 E4 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 42.5 C 52 dB Hz
15:15:03 dop 0 ppb az 112.2 deg
el 12.2 deg AORE ant gain 12.0 (p/t)
CHAN #1: C/No=51.8 dB Hz sig=-32.6 dB
42.5 C speech beam=4
CHAN #2: C/No=51.6 dB Hz sig=-33.4 dB
42.5 C no call beam=4
CHAN #3: C/No=48.9 dB Hz sig=-24.5 dB
41.0 C log on beam=4
CHAN #4: C/No= 0.0 dB Hz sig= -0.0 dB
41.0 C no call beam=4
45D0'0.0"N 75D0'0.2"W PT 0.0D RL 0.0D HD 0.0D TK 0.0D 0 knots 0 ft
Figure 4-26 In Call—Swift64 Voice Call on Channel 1 (reports 21 and 23)
12:43:55 dop**** az 285.4 deg
el 15.3 deg AOR EAST ant gain 12 (p/t)
CARD #1: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz sig=-33.9 dB
27 C no call beam=4
CARD #2: C/No=52.9 dB/Hz sig=-34.2 dB
27 C no call beam=4
************ *********** ********* ******** ********* ******* *******
CARD #1: C/No=52.4.0 dB/Hz sig=-33.6 dB
27 C in call beam=4
CARD #2: C/No=52.4 dB/Hz sig=-34.5 dB
27 C
no call beam=4
************ *********** ********* ******** ********* ******* *******
Figure 4-27 No IRS Data (report 23 activated)
23-15-30
4-45
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1
**** strapping identifies forward id ffffff -- not in table ****
**** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****
7.6 SECONDS: EEPROM FORCES STAND-ALONE MODE
time 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #1
time 18.0 seconds: powering on channel card #2
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** WARNINGS ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** *
CHANNEL CARD FORWARD ID IS ZERO
** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** ** **
Figure 4-28 FWD ID Not in EEPROM (no reports activated)
FORWARD ID TABLE -- VERSION 1
**** eeprom forward id 000000 not in table *****
5.5 SECONDS: STAND-ALONE MODE
Figure 4-29 ICAO ID Not Strapped
23-15-30
4-46
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MENU 3
FIRMWARE Vx.x
list EEPROM
clear event log
list call log
list ORT
set all LES id's
N next menu
clear call log
N next menu
HPA ERROR CODE 1800
hit '0' for complete log
list event log
misc. EEPROM parameter
clear call log
ocean region parameter
O
previous menu
select reports
O
previous menu
select reports
'1' for 'special' events
'-' for specific entry
FAULT (ENTRY #1428): address ABC123: 30 seconds after powerup
powerup #204 389 hours operation Jan 01 14:19:39 2006
ERROR CODE 40
HPA FAULT -- 0x1800
HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
Continuous Power Requests From LES, Report 21 activated:
10:51:26 #2
C 54 dB/Hz
10:51:26 #1
C 54 dB/Hz
10:51:27 #2
10:51:27 #1
10:51:27 #1
C 0 dB/Hz
10:51:27 #2
C 0 dB/Hz
10:51:29 #1
C 54 dB/Hz
10:51:29 #2
C 54 dB/Hz
10:51:29 #2
ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
CT SP ocean region registration 30
ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
CT SP ocean region registration 29
ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30 C
ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29 C
ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29
ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
CT SP ocean region registration 30
ABC123 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 29
ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW CT SP ocean region registration 30
ABC456 E5 start 400110 14.00 dBW
CT SP ocean region registration 30 C
Figure 4-30 No Strap on SDI Lines, Open (no reports activated)
23-15-30
4-47
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Log-on password entered: "Maint"
MENU 1
FIRMWARE Vx.x
override forward id
explain error status
print equipment stats
N next menu
O
HPA UNCONTROLLED
test LEDs
list event log (hex)
clear equipment stats
previous menu
= select reports
Y command entered:
HPA
HPA
HPA
HPA
MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
STATUS WORD
STATUS WORD
WORD REPORTING ARINC ERROR
WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)
NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
Event log messages:
MENU 3
FIRMWARE Vx.x
list EEPROM
clear event log
list call log
list ORT
set all LES id's
N next menu
O
list event log
misc. EEPROM parameter
clear call log
ocean region parameter
previous menu
select reports
FAULT (ENTRY #1422): address ABC123: 30 seconds after powerup
powerup #203 389 hours operation Jun 03 11:15:07 2003
ERROR CODE 40
HPA FAULT -- 0x1c80
HPA MAINTENANCE WORD REPORTING ARINC ERROR
HPA MAINTENANCE WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
HPA STATUS WORD REPORTING INVALID SSM 1 (NO COMPUTED DATA)
HPA STATUS WORD NOT REPORTING HGA ANTENNA
Figure 4-31 Wrong Strap on SDI Lines (TP5A to GND)
11:47:43 #2 ABC456 E4 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 30 C 50 dB/Hz
11:47:46 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 8301 ACSE successful ORR 28 C 50 dB/Hz
11:47:55 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 14.00 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 29 C 47 dB/Hz
11:47:57 #1 ABC123 E5 start 800124 22.50 dBW mobile aero 64k speech 28 C 47 dB/Hz
calling 0116135919064#
11:48:10 #1 ABC123 E5 stop 11d2 call failed, insufficient digits in service address
28 C 0
calling 0116135919064#
Figure 4-32 Incorrect Dialing Format (report 52 enabled)
23-15-30
4-48
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE open loop tracking port/top active
HGA
LNA on
port maintenance 0x00600003
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port status: 0x608033 SDI: ACU SSM: NORMAL OPERATION gain: 12
OMNIDIRECTIONAL MODE open loop tracking port/top active
HGA
LNA on
port maintenance 0x00600003
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
port ant: status 608033 SDI=ACU gain 12 maint 600003 SDI=ACU
Figure 4-33 Top/Port Antenna Status (reports 18, 19, and 20 activated)
(2) Troubleshooting Table
Table 4-22 provides troubleshooting procedures for basic HSD-440 terminal faults.
Before starting a troubleshooting procedure, access the HSD-440 terminal MPU using
the maint password. For detailed connection and user instructions, see "Connection
Requirements" on page 4-3.
23-15-30
4-49
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation
Fault
Description
Red LED
• HPA fault
remains on
after powering
up sequence
HPA error
status
Maintenance
Report
View initial
power-up
display of the
HSD-440
terminal MPU
• reporting invalid SSM To obtain an
explanation of
• HPA not reporting
the HPA error
status word 143
status, in Menu
• HPA not reporting
1, press Y
maintenance word
350
• HPA maintenance
word reporting
ARINC error
Check
Verify that:
• the terminal is well seated in the
ARINC tray
• the LES ID Code is programmed
(Menu 3, option I).
• Check that the external power source
is properly connected and meets
installation requirements.
• Check that the transmit path from
HSD-440 terminal output (MPC1) to
the antenna subsystem (e.g., coaxial
cables, splitters, and relays).
• Check that the installation location
meets the RTCA/DO-160E
environmental specifications.
• HPA maintenance
word not reporting
HGA antenna
• Check for proper fan-tray operation
and air-cooling.
• Verify the fan-tray plug distribution is
as per the installation requirements.
• HPA maintenance
word reporting
Voltage Standing
Wave Ratio (VSWR)
error
• HPA maintenance
word reporting
Random Access
Memory (RAM) error
• HPA reporting
Read-only Memory
(ROM) error
• HPA maintenance
word reporting power
supply error
• HPA maintenance
word reporting
temperature error
23-15-30
4-50
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)
Fault
Call failure
Description
IRS information not
available
Maintenance
Report
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
Check
• Check that the IRS systems are
powered on and aligned.
• Check that connections to the IRS
systems are secured.
See Figure 4-27 • Check the polarity of IRS input lines.
• If no IRS data is available, use Menu
10 to manually input navigational data
to point the antenna to a preferred
satellite location and try the call again.
System does not log
onto the broadbeam
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
See Figure 4-24
• Check that the IRS data is received
and valid.
• Make sure that a valid FWD ID is read.
• Verify that the antenna is pointing in
the correct direction.
• Make sure that LES access codes are
configured correctly.
• Verify all coaxial connections.
System does not log
onto the correct OR
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
• Check that the IRS data is received
and valid.
• Check for antenna line-of-sight
interference.
See Figure 4-24
Terminal is not
transmitting
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
• Check for a defective or loose RF
cables.
• Verify that the Rx RF level is
acceptable.
• Check RF power level displayed in
maintenance port menu report 21; the
EIRP should be requested at
14.00 dBW, but when in call, power
level should increase to 22.5 dBW and
then level off to approximately 18.5
dBW, but somewhere between 14.5 22.5 is acceptable. Levels at the
extremes may indicate a problem,
especially if calls are hard to complete
or being torn down by the LES for
undetermined reasons. Check with
your ISP help desk.
• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal
is secured properly to the ARINC
connector in the tray.
23-15-30
4-51
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)
Fault
Call failure
(cont’d)
Description
ICAO ID is invalid or
strapped incorrectly;
FWD ID is invalid or
incorrectly entered in
EEPROM
Maintenance
Report
Check
Activate
maintenance
report 21
• The account registration process has
not been completed. Check your
account status with your service
provider to make sure that the account
See Figure 4-28
registration has been processed into
the LES databases and your account
To check FWD
is valid.
ID/ICAO ID, in
Menu 4, press Q • If the message, Channel card stuck
in boot state appears in the event log,
check that the assigned FWD IDs are
entered correctly and ICAO is
strapped correctly.
Terminal is strapped to In Menu 3, press • Verify the system mode strapping is
an incorrect system
L (List
correct.
mode of installation
EEPROM)
• Reset the system and observe the
initialization display; it shows that the
HSD-440 terminal is powering up and
displays the terminal’s self-test
results. The Initialization display lists
the installation mode configuration for
the terminal.
• If the mode displayed is not strapped
or is incorrectly strapped, a temporary
setting may be used. In Menu 3, press
M (misc. EEPROM parameters), then
type 16 (channel card category) and
configure the HSD-440 terminal to the
correct mode. Reset the terminal and
try the call again.
Dialing sequence was Activate reports • Verify the number you are calling and
incomplete or incorrect 21 and 52
try the number again.
See Figure 4-25 • Make sure that you end the dialing
sequence by pressing POUND KEY.
Pressing POUND KEY at the end of
the dialing string signals the system to
send the call.
23-15-30
4-52
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)
Fault
Description
Logon request Terminal is not
fails
transmitting
Maintenance
Report
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
Check
• Check for defective or loose cables.
• Check for antenna line-of-sight
interference.
• Check for HPA fault.
See Figure 4-24 • Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal
is secured properly to the ARINC
connector in the tray.
• Make sure that your account is current
and active.
Terminal is not
receiving
Activate
maintenance
reports 21 and
23
• Check for defective or loose cables.
• Make sure that the antenna
subsystem DLNA is powered.
• Check for antenna line-of-sight
interference.
• Verify that the ICAO ID is valid,
activated, and strapped correctly.
• Make sure that your account is current
and active.
• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal
is secured properly to the ARINC
connector in the tray.
Incoming call
failure
Incoming call shows as Activate reports • Check the connection between the
a successful
21 and 23
HSD-440 terminal and the external
connection in report 23,
device.
but call does not ring
• Check configuration of external
through to the external
devices is correct. MSN must be
device (telephone,
configured correctly for each device
computer, fax).
connected to the system.
• If MSNs are not programmed in the
user devices, incoming calls will ring
all devices—MSNs cannot be
assigned to some devices.
NOTE: Zero is an invalid entry.
23-15-30
4-53
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)
Fault
Description
Logon
Authorization error
successful, but (fault code 12C4)
fails to
complete call
Maintenance
Report
Check
Activate reports • Contact your service provider to verify
21 and 23
that the FWD ID is activated.
See Figure 4-24 • Check that the FWD ID is entered
correctly.
See Figure 4-27
• Check that IRS data is available and
correct.
• Check that the Veh Rel Az/EL to
Satellite is correct.
• Check that all coaxial cable
connections are secure.
• Check that the Rx C/No value is
greater than 50 dB/Hz.
• Check that the antenna is functioning.
• Check that the LES access codes are
valid.
• Contact your service provider and
verify that they can "see" your Tx
signal. To contact the LES operator,
dial 33 #.
• Contact service provider and request
that they place an incoming call to the
terminal.
• Check the reported HPA back-off in
report 21. The signal should initialize
at 14 dBW and increase after
handshake to approximately
22.5 dBW, then slowly decrease
(typically to between 16.5 dBW and
21.5 dBW with a lower limit of
14.5 dBW).
HSD-440
Channel card
terminal is
temperature fault
operating
outside the
normal
environmental
specifications
Activate report
21 or 23
• Check channel card temperature;
temperatures over 50° C may cause
the HSD-440 terminal to shut down.
• Check that the fan tray is operational.
• Verify that the tray plug distribution is
the same as presented in the
installation requirements.
23-15-30
4-54
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table 4-22 Troubleshooting and Fault Isolation (Continued)
Fault
Calls do not
complete and
connection is
not
established
Description
Channel Congestion
(fault code 1851)
Maintenance
Report
Check
Activate reports • Wait five minutes and try the call
21 and 23
again.
• Contact the LES to verify congestion.
To contact the LES operator, dial 33 #.
No call request sent
Activate report
52
• Verify that the call dial string is correct;
pressing the POUND KEY at the end
of the dialing string signals the system
to send the call.
• Check that the HSD-440 terminal is
transmitting by ensuring the LED
power indicator flashes on and off
(1 Hz) during a call request.
• Check that the ISDN, Ethernet, or
POTS cable is connected correctly
and securely.
No dial tone
heard in
handset
Activate report
21
• Confirm that ISDN lines are wired
correctly.
• Verify that handset connection is
secure.
• Wait a few minutes for the system to
warm up, then log on and try your call
again.
• Check that IRS data is available.
• Verify that the terminal has completed
beam registration.
• Verify that the ICAO is valid and
active.
• Ensure system is at a LOG ON state
Call drops after If the RF signal fades
successful
significantly (during a
connection
call), the connection
may drop.
Activate reports • Check signal strength.
21 and 23
C/No greater than or equal to 50 dB.
• Make sure that there is a clear,
unobstructed, line of sight to the
satellite.
NOTE: A sudden,
severe aircraft
banking angle
may obstruct
the signal long
enough (>15
sec.) to drop a
call.
• Select an alternate satellite or beam
and try your call again.
NOTE: This troubleshooting procedure
works if you are located where
more than one beam overlaps or
satellite is in view.
23-15-30
4-55
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
D. Fault Isolation and Diagnostic Procedures
This section provides basic information required for technical personnel to isolate faults
in HSD-440 terminals. Where needed, refer to other sections of this manual (which contain
important information to aid in understanding the function of the terminal) for additional
information.
(1) General
Fault isolation procedures are usually conducted on equipment that falls within one
of the following categories:
•
Terminals that have failed to pass operational and installation verification
procedures
•
Terminals that have failed during service
•
Terminals repaired and returned to service
Perform all fault isolation procedures provided in this section. Record and document
all test results, including LEDs function and maintenance port data outputs (reports
21 and 23).
Enable reports 18, 19, and 20 (port) or items 6, 7, and 8 (Starboard) to record antenna,
ACU, and DLNA related faults. Enable other reports as required.
CAUTION: BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FAULT ISOLATION PROCEDURES,
REFER TO THE "SAFETY ADVISORIES" ON PAGE INTRO-6.
(2) Saving a Diagnostic Reports File
Diagnostic reports are helpful in troubleshooting the HSD-440 terminal. Capturing
maintenance port information from the HSD-440 terminal and forwarding the file to
EMS SATCOM technical support staff will assist in troubleshooting suspected
HSD-440 terminal problems. Instructions on how to activate and save "reports"
information is provided in "Saving a Diagnostic Reports File" on page 4-56.
To save a diagnostics reports file:
1. Open a log file on the maintenance port, terminal program. (If you are using
HyperTerminal, use the "Transfer, capture text" function.)
2. Power the system on or if applicable reset the system.
3. Enter maintenance mode on the maintenance port using maint as the password.
4. To activate reports 21 and 23 and toggle off all other reports, press EQUAL SIGN.
5. To save these reports as default, press S. This enables the user to view these
reports on subsequent HSD-440 terminal power-ups or Reset entries.
6. Reset the system by cycling the power to the terminal; pressing the reset button
on the HSD-440 terminal front panel; or, in Menu 2, pressing Z.
NOTE: The HSD-440 terminal must be logged on to the Aero H+ service.
7. Log on to the maintenance port using the password: maint
The system restarts and ocean registration takes place (approximately two
minutes).
8. To display Menu 2, press CTRL+N.
23-15-30
4-56
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
9. To display the software versions of the system, press V.
10. Make a call from the system or execute the procedure or sequence that causes
the call failure. Make a note of the call progress. For example: Did you get a dial
tone? Was the call successful?
11. If applicable, attempt calls from the remaining channel.
12. To display the current reports profile of the system (as noted in step 4), press
EQUAL SIGN.
13. To save an alternate reports configuration, activate the required items, and then,
to save to EEPROM, press S in the reports menu.
14. To display the ORT List, press CTRL+N until Menu 3 appears, and then press O.
(The ORT list displays one terminal screen of information at a time. To display the
next screen, press O.)
15. To list the complete event log, in Menu 3:
•
press S (list event log)
•
press 0 (list complete log)
•
press PERIOD (list all remaining entries)
16. To list the complete call log, in Menu 3:
•
press F (list call log)
•
press F again (list complete log)
•
press PERIOD (list all remaining entries)
•
for extended information, press X
17. Close the log file on the terminal program.
18. The log file is in text format (.txt file). Open the file and add notes to the beginning
of the file indicating:
3.
•
System serial number (from the label on the front of the terminal)
•
Aircraft ID and customer name
•
Any notes about the problems encountered
•
Contact name, telephone number, and e-mail address
•
E-mail the log file to EMS SATCOM technical support at
support@emssatcom.com
Adjustment/Alignment Procedures
There are no adjustment/alignment procedures required for HSD-440 terminals.
4.
Modification History
The HSD-440 terminal currently has no history of modifications.
23-15-30
4-57
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
4-58
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
This section provides maintenance and repair information for the HSD-440 terminal, including
the following sections:
1.
•
Maintenance
•
Repair
•
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
Maintenance
The HSD-440 terminal does not require routine maintenance.
2.
Repair
All repair procedures must be completed by qualified technicians at EMS SATCOM-approved
repair facilities.
A. Repair Tools and Supplies
No special supplies are required to repair this equipment.
HSD-440 terminals that require service must be returned to EMS SATCOM or to an EMS
SATCOM-approved service center. Refer to "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1 for
terminal testing requirements and procedures.
B. Repair Procedures
This equipment does not require any special repair procedures.
C. Removal Procedures
If an HSD-440 terminal must be removed from service for repair, remove power,
disconnect all equipment from the terminal and then remove it from the ARINC tray.
D. Repair Facility Approvals
EMS SATCOM, located at 400 Maple Grove Road in Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, is a
Transport Canada Approved Maintenance Organization (AMO). In accordance with the
Technical Arrangement on Maintenance between Canada and the European aviation
authority JAA, and due to the Bilateral Agreement between Canada and the United States
aviation authority FAA, EMS SATCOM conforms to the maintenance requirements of JAR
145 and FAR 145 respectively.
E. Return for Repair Information
To return equipment to EMS SATCOM for repair, follow the Return Materials Authorization
procedure. Failure to comply with this procedure may cause shipping delays and
additional charges.
23-15-30
5-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
(1) Warranty Returns
Equipment that qualifies for warranty repair can be returned to EMS SATCOM for
repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer shall pay the shipping costs to
EMS SATCOM and EMS SATCOM will pay for the shipping costs to return the
repaired/replaced terminal to the customer.
(2) Non-Warranty Returns
Equipment that fails to work properly because of improper or negligent use, abuse,
shipping damage, or any other condition can still be returned to EMS SATCOM for
repair or replacement at our discretion. The customer will be notified of the cost to
repair or replace the terminal prior to invoicing for the repair or replacement. The
customer shall pay for the shipping costs to and from EMS SATCOM.
(3) Repackaging Requirements
An HSD-440 terminal returned to EMS SATCOM must be returned in its original
shipping container. Failure to do so may invalidate the warranty. If an HSD-440
terminal shipping container is unavailable, the customer must request a replacement
container from EMS SATCOM or assume responsibility for the packaging and
shipping.
(4) Return Materials Authorization (RMA) Procedure
If it is determined that a terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM for repair or
overhaul, please follow the RMA procedure below.
1. Have the following information ready before calling EMS SATCOM Product
Support:
•
Model (e.g., HSD-440 terminal)
•
Terminal part number (e.g., 1252-A-3400)
•
Serial number
•
Description of failure
•
Aircraft tail number, serial number, and aircraft model number
2. Call EMS SATCOM Product Support at 1-888-300-7415 (North America) or
+1-613-591-3086 (rest of the world).
3. An EMS SATCOM Product Support Specialist will attempt to resolve the problem
by telephone. If the terminal must be returned to EMS SATCOM, the Product
Support Specialist will authorize the R&O Coordinator to issue an RMA Number.
4. Pack the HSD-440 terminal in the original shipping container or an EMS
SATCOM-approved shipping-container.
23-15-30
5-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
5. Write the RMA number on the outside of the shipping container and on all shipping
documents, enclose a copy in the box, and send your prepaid shipment to:
EMS SATCOM (867480857)
400 Maple Grove Road
Ottawa, Ontario,
CANADA K2V 1B8
RMA #: ___________
ATTN: Repair & Overhaul
Tel: 613 591-6040 extension 1214
Fax: 613 591-8951
Email: rmareturns@emssatcom.com
6. Fax or email the details of the shipment to the R&O Coordinator, including the
following information: Shipment date, carrier name and the waybill number.
NOTE: The processing of LRU returns is limited to standard business hours from
8:30 am to 5:00 pm EST. For General inquires and status requests, please
contact the R&O department directly:
Phone: 613-591-9064, extension 1214 (R&O group)
Email: rmareturns@emssatcom.com
Fax:
3.
613-591-8951
Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
This section presents the instructions for continued airworthiness, as per FAR 25.1529, of the
HSD-440 terminal.
Installation of the HSD-440 terminal on an aircraft by supplemental type certificate (STC) or
Form 337 obligates the aircraft operator to include the maintenance information supplied by
this manual in the operator's Aircraft Maintenance manual and the operator's Aircraft
Scheduled Maintenance Program.
The following paragraphs describe all maintenance requirements and instructions for
continued airworthiness of the HSD-440 terminal.
•
Add the LRU part numbers and other necessary part numbers contained in this manual
to the aircraft operator's appropriate, aircraft illustrated parts catalog (IPC).
•
Add all wiring diagram information contained in this manual to the aircraft operator's
appropriate aircraft Wiring Diagram Manuals.
•
HSD-440 terminals are considered on-condition units. No additional or routine
maintenance is required.
•
If an HSD-440 terminal is inoperative, remove the terminal, secure cables and wiring,
collar applicable switches and circuit breakers, and placard them as inoperative. Before
flight, revise the equipment list and weight and balance data as applicable and record the
removal of the terminal in the log book [refer to section 91.213 of the FAR or the aircraft's
23-15-30
5-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
minimum equipment list (MEL)].
•
HSD-440 terminals are not field-repairable. All terminals must be returned to the EMS
SATCOM factory or authorized repair centers for repair.
•
Repaired terminals must be re-installed on the aircraft in accordance with the instructions
provided in this manual. The operation of all repaired terminals must be verified using the
operational verification tests and procedures provided in this manual before being
approved for return to service. All special tools required to test the terminal for approval
for return to service are listed and described in "Test and Fault Isolation" on page 4-1.
Approval for return to service must be entered in the logbook as required by section 43.9
of the FAR.
•
The following scheduled maintenance tasks must be added to the aircraft operator's
appropriate aircraft maintenance program:
•
Recommended periodic scheduled servicing tasks: None required.
•
Recommended periodic inspections: None required.
•
Recommended periodic scheduled preventative maintenance tests (tests to
determine system condition and/or latent failures): None required.
23-15-30
5-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX A: INMARSAT SATELLITE BEAM
COVERAGE
Inmarsat operates strategically placed geostationary satellites called I-3 and I-4. I-3 satellites
provide access to services such as Swift64 and Aero H/H+, and I-4 satellites provide access
to SBB services.
Each I-3 satellite is located over and named after an OR. The four satellite ORs are:
•
Atlantic Ocean Region-East (AOR-E)
•
Atlantic Ocean Region-West (AOR-W)
•
Indian Ocean Region (IOR)
•
Pacific Ocean Region (POR)
Figure A-1 represents the satellite ORs with approximate transfer coordinates for satellite
transitions.
Figure A-1 Satellite ORs
The four satellite ORs are made up of smaller, spot-beam coverage areas. The following maps
show the Inmarsat satellite spot-beam coverage for the four ORs, and a composite map of
the four regions combined.
NOTE: Figure A-2 and Figure A-3 depict Inmarsat's expectations of coverage but do not
represent a guarantee of service and should not be relied upon. The availability of
service at the edge of coverage areas fluctuates depending upon a variety of
conditions.
23-15-30
A-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure A-2 Inmarsat I3 Satellite Beam Coverage—Composite Map
23-15-30
A-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure A-3 Inmarsat I-3 Satellite Beam Coverage—OR Maps
At the time of publishing, three I-4 satellites are in service: Americas, EMEA and
Asia-Pacific.
Figure A-4 shows the area that is covered by the I-4 satellites.
23-15-30
A-3
26 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Figure A-4 I-4 Satellite Coverage Map
23-15-30
A-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX B: TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST
Before performing the detailed testing and troubleshooting procedures provided in this
manual, read the following Troubleshooting Checklist. Use the Troubleshooting Checklist to
make sure that you have not missed any key steps in the HSD-440 terminal setup.
1. Have you registered with a service provider to activate service?
You must register with an Inmarsat-authorized service provider to activate an account
to access the Satellite Communications network using an HSD-440 terminal. Contact
Inmarsat for a list of available service providers at:
Inmarsat Customer Care
99 City Road, London, EC1Y 1AX
Tel: +44 20 7728 1777
Fax: +44 20 7728 1142
E-mail: customer_care@inmarsat.com
The ISN (supplied by EMS SATCOM) and ICAO address are required to activate an
account.
2. Has your account been activated?
Once registered, your HSD-440 terminal is assigned Inmarsat Serial Numbers which
include FWD IDs. The ICAO address of the HSD-440 terminal must be strapped
accordingly and FWD ID must be entered. Refer to "Installation" on page 3-1 for
detailed strapping and installation instructions.
NOTE: The service registration information may take a few days to be incorporated
into the system databases at the LES level. New terminals being
commissioned are not validated by the LES until their customer database has
been updated by Inmarsat to reflect the registration and activation of your
terminal.
NOTE: To verify that the service registration information has been validated at the
LES, call 33 # for assistance. Confirm with the LES operator that the FWD
IDs assigned to your terminal are valid and active.
3. Is the HSD-440 terminal seated properly?
In cases where the HSD-440 terminal is not fully seated into the ARINC 600 connector
(to the rear of the Fan Tray), the user may experience intermittent system operation.
If intermittent system operation occurs:
• Check that the polarization pins are installed correctly as indicated on the applicable
Outline and Installation diagram.
• Make sure that the HSD-440 terminal is fully inserted into the tray and that the front
hold-down screws are properly tightened to secure the terminal.
4. Is all cabling attached correctly and securely?
Broken connections and improper cabling are the most common causes of HSD-440
terminal malfunctions. Before proceeding with testing and troubleshooting, complete
the following checks:
• Check that all cables and wiring are routed and connected correctly and securely.
23-15-30
B-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
• Make sure that the terminal is installed with the correct power source.
• Verify that all external user and networking devices (for example: TAs, routers, fax,
telephones, computers) are connected and configured properly.
5. Have any changes to the system been made?
For previously installed and functional terminals, make note of any changes made to
the system since the last time the terminal functioned without problems.
• Were any new devices or systems connected to the terminal?
• Have any connecting devices or equipment been removed or replaced? If so, check
that all new or replaced connections are attached and configured correctly.
• Have you changed service providers or re-configured the system in any way?
6. Are your LES Access Codes programmed for all ORs?
The system default for LES access codes is set to 0 (zero), which must be configured
to valid LES access codes before operation. Refer to "System Operation" on page
2-1 for details.
7. Was the operational mode of the system strapped or configured correctly?
Verify that the system mode wiring straps match the installation configuration mode.
Only Stand-Alone Mode is currently supported.
23-15-30
B-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX C: RJ45 CABLE TERMINATION DETAILS
Figure C-1 RJ45 Cable Termination Details
23-15-30
C-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
C-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX D: INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST
Installation Planning Steps
1. Register the terminal
Record the following information (provided by EMS SATCOM upon purchase)
Terminal Category Type—A

Inmarsat Serial Numbers (ISN) x 2

Contact your Service Provider and provide the two 12-digit ISNs from above
Record the FWD IDs received (part of the ISN) and corresponding Inmarsat Mobile Numbers
(IMN)

FWD IDs
(last 6 digits of ISN)
IMNs
ISDN speech
ISDN
(3.1 kHz audio)
ISDN 56 kbps
ISDN 64 kbps
MPDS
Service Provider

LES Access Codes (depend on Service Provider)
AOR-W
AOR-E
IOR
POR
2. Pin Strapping
The following strapping is required
Item
Strapped pins
System mode
Stand-Alone Mode only
SDI

3. Wiring
23-15-30
D-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Installation Planning Steps
Antenna
Multi-Control

BITE A/B

HPA Mute A/B

Power

ISDN:
ISDN-1
Wire one ISDN line to the ISDN port.

Ethernet:
Wire both Ethernet ports for SBB
Ethernet-1

Ethernet-2

Wire both Ethernet ports to deploy 2 separate networks
Inertial Navigation System (INS)

Analog Tip/Ring (POTS)

CEPT-E1, Future PBX applications (optional)

4. Configuration
Strap the ICAO address and program the FWD ID

Program the Land Earth Station (LES) Access Codes

Configure the CNX Cabin Gateway if required

Set the GES preferences using the EEPROM settings in Menu 3, option K.
23-15-30
D-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX E: INSTALLATION CHECKLIST
Aircraft Identification:
HSD-440 Terminal
Model No.:
HSD-440 Terminal Install.
Mode:
HSD-440 Terminal
Serial No.:
Name
Signature
Date
Checks completed by:
Approved/Witnessed by:
Installation / Electrical
Installation / Mechanical
Section
Parameter
Physical
Item
N/A
Value
Service/maintenance access
Environmental considerations—see
"Environmental Requirements" on page 3-4
Fan Tray
Plug configuration—see "Fan Tray
Requirements" on page 3-4
Chassis bonding—see "Chassis Grounding"
on page 3-5
Fan rotation—unobstructed
ARINC 600 Con. Polarized pins
Power
Connections
+ 28 V dc polarity
115 V ac polarity
Chassis grounding
Voltage Levels
+ 28 V dc level
115 V ac level
IRS Input
IRS wiring
IRS format
23-15-30
E-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Section
Parameter
Config. Strap
Pins
Item
N/A
Value
SDI
System configuration
ICAO address
WOW (optional)
Ethernet
Wired to RJ45 distribution points
ISDN
Wired to RJ45 distribution points
Remotes
Manual reset switch operation
Maintenance port (DB9 access)
Power and Fault indicators
RF Coaxial
Rx i/p cable loss
Tx o/p cable loss
Antenna
Antenna manufacturer and type
Wired as per manufacturer
Configuration
LES Access codes
Stand-Alone Mode
Test
System
Power-Up
Visual LED indications
Test On-Air
System Logon
Reset message observed
Test
FWD ID
Optional Checks Ground segment
Power-up computer display
Logon verified
Flight segment
Move the aircraft in a circle and check the signal and C/No.
23-15-30
E-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
HSD-440 terminal
Heading Antenna Antenna
(Deg) Selected Azimuth
CH 1
CH 2
CH 3
CH 4
C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal C/No Signal
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
Operational Test
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
240
255
270
285
300
315
330
345
360
23-15-30
E-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
E-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX F: ACARS/CMU MESSAGES
The ACARS/CMU communicates with the HSD-440 terminal using two types of
communications: Broadcast messages and Bit Oriented Protocol (BOP) messages. Both
types of communication are supported at the same time.
This section includes descriptions of the messages that the ACARS/CMU will transmit
to the HSD-440 terminal and receive from the HSD-440 terminal.
(1) Understanding Broadcast Messages
In this communication type, the ACARS/CMU uses an ARINC 429 bus to convey
status word exchanges, join/leave words, and other control and command
communications to the HSD-440 terminal using conventional ARINC 429 broadcast
techniques.
The ACARS/CMU can transmit messages to the HSD-440 terminal and receive
messages from the HSD-440 terminal using this communication type.
(a) Understanding Messages Transmitted to the HSD-440 Terminal
The ACARS/CMU transmits broadcast mode messages, including identification
and status words, to the HSD-440 terminal.
The rate at which the ACARS/CMU transmits messages to the HSD-440
terminal depends on the device from which the message is coming, as shown
in Table F-1.
Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices
CMU Input Port
Activity Label
Minimum
Update Rate
(Hz)
Cabin Terminal 1
172
Cabin Terminal 2
172
CFDIU
125
X-Talk Bus
N/A
N/A
ACMS
172
FMC 1
270
FMC 2
270
HFDR 1
270
HFDR 2
270
MCDU 1
172
MCDU 2
172
MCDU 3
172
OOOI 1
Aircraft specific
OOOI 2
Aircraft specific
Printer
350
SDU 1
270
23-15-30
F-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-1 ACARS/CMU Update Rates for Different Devices (Continued)
CMU Input Port
Activity Label
Minimum
Update Rate
(Hz)
SDU 2
270
OOOI 3
Aircraft specific
OOOI 4
Aircraft specific
OOOI 5
Aircraft specific
OOOI 6
Aircraft specific
VDR 1
270
VDR 2
270
VDR 3
270
XPDR/ICAO 1
275
XPDR/ICAO 2
275
FMC HS 1
270
FMC HS 2
270
EFB-1
172
EFB-2
172
For all devices connected to the ACARS/CMU, a bus is active when the
ACARS/CMU receives three consecutive words at the specified rate. A bus has
failed when the ACARS/CMU fails to receive three consecutive words.
1. Understanding System Identification Label 172
Each ACARS/CMU transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 304) to
the HSD-440 terminal. Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758
describes the word format of this label.
2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270
Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 1 to the HSD-440 terminal. The
standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the
active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the
status words should be different, as shown in Table F-2.
Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences
Bit
Label
Meaning
270
Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit;
see Table F-3
10
276
Determines the position of the ACARS/CMU in the cockpit;
see Table F-3
16
270
Determines the health of the ACARS/CMU
20
270
Determines which ACARS/CMU is active and which is on
standby
23-15-30
F-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-2 Status Word 1 Differences (Continued)
Bit
Label
22-25
276
26
Meaning
HF Status (HFDL Installed and HFDL Failed)
Determines whether an ACARS or CMU is installed; ACARS
= 1, CMU = 0
The ACARS/CMU transmits its position in the cockpit to the HSD-440
terminal using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.
Table F-3 Bits 9 and 10 Positions
SDI 1 (bit 9)
SDI 2 (bit 10)
Position
Single
Left
Right
Not used
Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of
this label.
3. Understanding Status word 2; Label 276
Each ACARS/CMU transmits status word 2 to the HSD-440 terminal. The
standby ACARS/CMU checks to see if its status words are the same as the
active ACARS/CMU using its cross-talk connections. In some cases, the
status words should be different, as shown in Table F-3.
Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of
this label.
4. Understanding ICAO Address Words One and Two; Labels 214 and 216
Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit ICAO address to the HSD-440
terminal via address words one and two. Table F-4 shows the labels and
their bit positions.
Table F-4 ICAO Address Words One and Two Labels
Label
Bits
Bit positions
214
first 16 bits
14–29
216
last 8 bits
13–20
Each ACARS/CMU identifies itself using bits 9 and 10, as shown in Table F-3.
If straps on the HSD-440 terminal ARINC 600 connector are present, they
will override the ICAO address content of these words. ORT settings will also
override the ICAO address if the override bit is set.
Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758 describes the word format of
these labels.
23-15-30
F-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
5. Understanding FWD ID Address Word One and Two; Labels 220 and 221
Each ACARS/CMU transmits the same 24 bit FWD ID address to the
HSD-440 terminal. Table F-5 shows the labels and their bit positions.
Table F-5 FWD ID Address Word One Labels
Label
Bits
Bit positions
220
first 16 bits
14–29
221
last 8 bits
13–20
Since each Swift64 channel requires a FWD ID, additional FWD IDs may be
derived from the first FWD ID using an internal lookup table. Each
ACARS/CMU can transmit a second FWD ID using address words identical
to labels 220 and 221, but using labels 222 and 223, respectively. If the ORT
contains a FWD ID, it will override the content of these words.
ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.
6. Understanding Time Clock Time Word; Label 150
Each ACARS/CMU transmits the time word to the HSD-440 terminal on the
A429 bus. The format for the time word is shown in Table F-6.
Table F-6 Time Clock Time Word Format
Bit Position(s)
Label
Description
31–30
SSM
SSM per A429P1
28–24
Hours
5 Bit binary for hours; 0–23
23–18
Minutes
6 Bit binary for minutes; 0–59
17–12
Seconds
6 Bit binary for seconds; 0–59
11
Pad to Zero
10–9
SDI
8–1
Octal Label
Binary 0
See Table F-3
150
7. Understanding Time Clock Date Word; Label 260
Each ACARS/CMU transmits the date word to the HSD-440 terminal on the
A429 bus. The format for the date word is shown in Table F-7.
Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format
Bit Position(s)
Label
Description
31–30
SSM
SSM per A429P1
29–28
Tens of Days
2 Bit BCD for tens of days of calendar month; 0–3
27–24
Days
5 Bit BCD for days; 0–9
23
Tens of Months
1 Bit BCD for tens of months; 0–1
22–19
Months
4 bit BCD for months 0–9
23-15-30
F-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-7 Time Clock Date Word Format (Continued)
Bit Position(s)
Label
Description
18–15
Tens of years
4 Bit BCD for tens of years 0–9
14–11
years
3 Bit BCD for years 0–9
10–9
SDI
See Table F-3
8–1
Octal Label
260
(b) Understanding Messages Received from the HSD-440 Terminal
The HSD-440 terminal transmits the following identification and status words to
all ACARS/CMUs.
Table F-8 shows Attachment 6 from ARINC Characteristic 758, which describes
the rates at which the HSD-440 terminal transmits messages to the
ACARS/CMU.
Table F-8 HSD-440 Terminal Transmission Rates
Label
Name
Rate
General
General
Output
Output
Buses
Buses 1,2
3,4
DFS/
UTC
030
DFS Tuning word 5/S
172
Subsystem
Identifier
1/S
377
Equipment
Identifier
1/S
350
BITE Word 1
(Binary)
1/S
351
BITE Word 2
(Binary)
1/S
125
UTC BCD
1/S
150
UTC Binary
1/S
260
UTC BCD Date
1/S
270
Status Output 1
1/S
276
Status Output 2
1/S
214
ICAO 24-bit
aircraft address
word 1
216
047
Comm General
Comm
Output Output
Output
Buses Buses
Bus 4
6,7
5,9,10
1/S
ICAO 24-bit
aircraft address
word 2
1/S
DFS Autotune
Word 8.33 kHz
5/S
23-15-30
F-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
1. Understanding System Identification Label 172
The HSD-440 terminal transmits system identification label 172 (SAL 307)
if it is a single HSD-440 terminal that should be identified as SDU 1, as per
ARINC 741 and ARINC 758. If the HSD-440 terminal should be identified as
SDU 2, it transmits label 172 (SAL 173).
You can find the SDU identity information in the ORT. If no information is
available, the terminal identifies itself as SAL 307 by default.
ARINC 781 Supplement 1 describes the word format of these labels.
2. Understanding Status Word 1; Label 270
The HSD-440 terminal transmits status word 1 to the ACARS/CMU. The
general format of status word 1 is defined in ARINC 781 Supplement 1;
however, the representation of each bit is shown in Table F-9.
Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits
Bit(s)
Description
9–10 SDI (per ARINC
Specification 429
Section 2.1.4)
If Set
•
Set to 00, all call
11
Data Link via CMU
Inactive
•
Due to equipment failure, no active ARINC 429
input buses from the CMUs (also indicated by bits
12 and/or 19) or no logon
12
CMU 1 Inactive
•
CMU 1 transmission of a valid Label 270 is inactive
13
Voice Unavailable
•
Terminal is logged off or logged on to the Low Gain
System for reasons other than equipment failure;
i.e., Low Gain Reversion because of operation in
a key hole, very low elevation angles, or blockage
•
Bit may be used to generate a cockpit advisory
message (e.g., >SATCOM VOICE
UNAVAILABLE)
•
Indicates that a new cockpit voice circuit has been
established for a ground-initiated call
•
Depending on the aircraft setting, this bit may result
in a visual annunciation of the new call on the
EICAS/ECAM/EDU and activation of the cockpit
chime
•
Crew should refer to the EICAS/ECAM/EDU to
determine which system is annunciating the call
•
Bit should remain set until an appropriate
acknowledgement is received
•
Crew should make sure that the bit has been
cleared in all transmitted samples for at least two
seconds prior to being set, and then set for at least
four seconds or until the annunciation is
acknowledged, whichever occurs last
14
SELCAL
23-15-30
F-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)
Bit(s)
15
Description
If Set
Message Alert with
Chime
•
Refer to MCDU messages for timely information
•
Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot
response has been detected
Message Alert without
Chime
•
Refer to MCDU messages for routine information
•
Terminal should clear this bit once positive pilot
response has been detected
17
Not Logged-On
•
Terminal is not logged onto a ground station
18
Master/Slave
•
Originating terminal is the slave or the disabled unit
in a dual installation
19
CMU 2 Inactive
•
CMU 2 transmission of valid Label 270 is detected
inactive
20
Cockpit Fault
•
No cockpit voice nor CMU data transmissions via
terminal are possible (due to equipment failure)
21
Cockpit Voice Fault
•
No cockpit voice transmissions via terminal are
possible due to equipment failure
22
Voice Call 1
•
Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck
incoming voice call on channel 1
23
Voice Call 2
•
Terminal has detected a low priority (4) flight deck
incoming voice call on channel 2
24
Voice Alert 1
•
Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3)
flight deck incoming voice call on channel 1
25
Voice Alert 2
•
Terminal has detected a high priority (1, 2, or 3)
flight deck incoming voice call on channel 2
26
Cockpit Voice
Communication 1
•
A cockpit voice communication is connected on
channel 1
27
Cockpit Voice
Communication 2
•
A cockpit voice communication is connected on
channel 2
•
Reserved
16
28
23-15-30
F-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-9 Status Word 1 Bits (Continued)
Bit(s)
Description
29
If Set
Data
•
No active ACARS/CMU is available at the SDU, or
the active ACARS/CMU does not respond with a
Loop Word in response to a Test Word
•
This bit being set can be caused by the following:
•
•
Bus inactivity on all ACARS/CMU inputs
•
Bus activity, but no declared active
ACARS/CMU
Bit may be used to set a cockpit advisory message
(e.g., >SATCOM DATA) indicating to the flight crew
a loss of data link capability due to a failure in the
ACARS/CMU interface.
30–31 SSM (per ARINC
Specification 429,
Sections 2.1.5 and
2.1.5.3, except that 11 =
Not Defined)
3. Understanding Join/Leave Word; Label 271
Each of the Aeronautical Telecommunications Network (ATN) subnetworks
transmits join and leave words to the ACARS/CMU whenever a path to a
specified ground address changes.
The join event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a new path to a specified ground
address is available, triggering ATN air-to-ground communications. The
leave event notifies the ACARS/CMU that a path to a specified ground
address has been closed, ending ATN air-to-ground communications.
Table F-10 shows the definitions of the bits in the join/leave word.
Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits
Bits
Bits 8–1
Bits 16–9
Bits 22–17
Defines
Word Label 271:
•
Uses the A429 convention
•
Coded as 10011101
GES ID:
•
0 is an invalid ID
•
FF is used for all GESs
•
ID numbers between 1 and FE are valid GES IDs
•
GES ID is known to the HSD-440 terminal
Satellite ID
23-15-30
F-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-10 Join/Leave Word Bits (Continued)
Bits
Defines
Bits 25–23
Inmarsat Service:
•
Aero L 000
•
Aero I 001
•
Aero H 010
•
Aero H+ 011
Bits 28–26
Not used; padded with zeros
Bit 29
Data link from the AES to the GES:
Bits 31–30
•
Available (a Join message; Bit = 1)
•
Not Available (a Leave message; Bit = 0)
•
Identified by the GES ID and Satellite ID fields
•
CMU uses this information to initiate networklayer virtual circuits
with available ground routers by determining the ground routers’
DTE addresses from the provided GES identity
•
Bits 9–16, (GES) and Bits 17–22 (Satellite ID) uniquely identify
a GES
•
Aero Service Type field may be used by the CMU to make routing
decisions
SSM information (ARINC 429 para 2.1.5)
4. Understanding Fault Summary Word 1; Label 350
The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 1 to monitor the
function of units that are part of or connected to the HSD-440 terminal. The
bits of this word are shown in Table F-11.
Table F-11 Fault Summary Word 1 Bits
Bits
Use
29–11
Report systems as fail or OK
11, 13, 16, 19, and 21
Report a fault
ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.
5. Understanding Fault Summary Word 2; Label 351
The HSD-440 terminal transmits fault summary word 2 to monitor the
function of the ARINC 429 buses of the units that are part of or connected
to the HSD-440 terminal. The bits of this word are shown in Table F-12.
23-15-30
F-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-12 Fault Summary Word 2 Bits
Bits
29–11
Use
Report systems as inactive or OK
13, 14, 15, 16 , 17, 21, and 24 Report that no bus activity is detected by the HSD-440
terminal
ARINC Characteristic 741 describes the word format of this label.
(2) Understanding BOP Messages
In BOP messages, the ACARS/CMU uses Version 1 of the BOP to convey
non-broadcast-type messages between the aircraft and ground ends of the HSD-440
terminal, as published in ARINC 429 P3.
Timer values are set to the default definitions in ARINC Specification 429, as shown
in Table F-13, Table F-14, and Table F-15.
Table F-13 BOP Events
Event
Standard
Value
Description
N1
Max number of RTS repeats following NCTS
N2
Max number of RTS repeats following Busy
20
N3
Max number of RTS repeats following No response
N4
Number of NAK words received before declaring failure 3
of communication
N5
Number of SYN words received before declaring failure 3
of communication
N6
Max number of ALO repeats following No response
Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1
Time
Description
Timer or
Min Max Design Goal
Notes Reference
Value Value for Source or
Sink
T1
CTS/NCTS send time
0 ms
100
ms
Goal for Sink
T2
RTS repeat time after
receipt of NCTS
500
ms
700
ms
Timer for
Source
T3
Busy send time
0 ms
100
ms
Goal for Sink
T4
RTS repeat time after
receipt of Busy
15 sec 18 sec Timer for
Source
2.5.7.3
T5
RTS repeat time if no
response
500
ms
2.5.7.4
700
ms
23-15-30
Timer for
Source
2.5.7
2.5.7.2
2.5.7.3
F-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-14 Variables of Low-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)
Time
Timer or
Min Max Design Goal
Notes Reference
Value Value for Source or
Sink
Description
T6
Time of random timer to
resolve RTS conflicts
50 ms 500
ms
Goal for Source 3
2.5.81
T7
Increment of time T6
10 ms 100
ms
Goal for Source 3
2.5.81
T8
ACK/NAK/SYN send time
0 ms
200
ms
Goal for Sink
2.5.13
T9
LDU timeout following CTS 2.5
sec
2.7
sec
Timer for Sink
T10
ACK/NAK timeout
2.7
sec
3.0
sec
Timer for
Source
2.5.16
T11
Loop back send time
0 ms
100
ms
Goal for Sink
2.5.17.1
T12
ALO repeat time if no
response to ALO
200
ms
250
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.19.1
T13
SOT send time after receipt 0 ms
of CTS
200
ms
Goal for Source 2
2.5.10
T14
Incomplete file timeout
2 min 2.2
min
Timer for Sink
2.5.14.3
T15
ALR send time
0 ms
180
ms
Goal for Sink
T16
ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220
ms
330
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.13.2
1.5.13.6
2.5.19.1.2
2.5.16
Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1
Time
Description
T1
CTS/NCTS send time
T2
Timer or
Min Max Design Goal
Notes Reference
Value Value for Source or
Sink
0 ms
100
ms
Goal for Sink
RTS repeat time after receipt 100
of NCTS
ms
140
ms
Timer for
Source
T3
Busy send time
100
ms
Goal for Sink
T4
RTS repeat time after receipt 1.0
of Busy
sec
1.2
sec
Timer for
Source
2.5.7.3
T5
RTS repeat time if no
response
200
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.7.4
0 ms
150
ms
23-15-30
2.5.7
2.5.7.2
2.5.7.3
F-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-15 Variables of High-Speed BOP—Version 1 (Continued)
Time
Timer or
Min Max Design Goal
Notes Reference
Value Value for Source or
Sink
Description
T6
Time of random timer to
resolve RTS conflicts
50 ms 500
ms
Goal for Source 3
2.5.81
T7
Increment of time T6
10 ms 100
ms
Goal for Source 3
2.5.81
T8
ACK/NAK/SYN send time
0 ms
200
ms
Goal for Sink
2.5.13
T9
LDU timeout following CTS 400
ms
440
ms
Timer for Sink
T10
ACK/NAK timeout
600
ms
660
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.16
T11
Loop back send time
0 ms
100
ms
Goal for Sink
2.5.17.1
T12
ALO repeat time if no
response to ALO
200
ms
250
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.19.1
T13
SOT send time after receipt 0 ms
of CTS
100
ms
Goal for Source 2
2.5.10
T14
Incomplete file timeout
10 sec 11 sec Timer for Sink
T15
ALR send time
0 ms
T16
ACK/NAK timeout after EOT 220
ms
2.5.13.2
2.5.13.6
180
ms
Goal for Sink
330
ms
Timer for
Source
2.5.14.3
2.5.19.1.2
2.5.16
(a) Understanding BOP Options
The HSD-440 terminal uses the following BOP options for the ACARS/CMU
interface. The ORT specifies the values for these options. If no information is
available, then the options default to the values shown in Table F-16.
Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults
Option
Value
O1
Half
O2
ORT value
Notes
Half or Full Duplex Operation
High or Low Speed Bus
Low speed is default
O3
No
Automatic CTS when ready
O4
No
Accept Automatic CTS
O5
O6
Yes
System Priority to Resolve RTS Conflict
(high-speed
data terminal)
--
Spare
23-15-30
F-12
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-16 BOP Option Defaults (Continued)
Option
Value
O7
--
O8
Yes
Notes
Spare
Use of SOLO word
(TEST/LOOP)
O9
--
Spare
O10
Yes
Destination code in RTS/CTS /NCTS/BUSY Used
O11
Yes
Bit-Protocol verification
O12
No
Use subsystem SAL from ALO word
(b) Understanding LDUs and File Size
BOP messages use Link Data Units (LDUs) encoded in binary octets to transmit
data. LDUs conform to the following rules:
•
The data is transmitted from a source and is received by a sink.
•
LDUs consist of a set of contiguous ARINC 429 32 bit data words.
•
The initial data word of each LDU shall be a Start of Transmission (SOT)
word.
•
The end data word of each LDU shall be an End of Transmission (EOT).
•
No data file shall exceed 255 LDUs.
(c) Understanding LDU Size and Word Count
LDUs may vary in size from 3 to 255 ARINC 429 words. The minimum LDU
consists of one SOT word, one data word, and one EOT word, and the maximum
LDU consists of one SOT, 253 data words, and one EOT.
The HSD-440 terminal calculates word count when it organizes an LDU for
transmission. The word count appears in the RTS and CTS data words. See
"Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.
(d) Understanding Word Format
The general word format of a BOP word is given in ARINC 429 (Attachment 11,
Table 11-A). The bit definitions are shown in Table F-17.
Table F-17 BOP Word Format
Bit Position
Description
8-1
SAL
24-9
Data (28-9 for full data words)
28-25
GFI, Control Data or Word Type Extensions
31-29
Word Type
32
Parity Bit
23-15-30
F-13
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
1. Understanding SALs
The HSD-440 terminal sends LDUs by point to point by using a label field to
carry the destination SAL; therefore, each LDU that the HSD-440 terminal
sends is prefixed by the SAL for the ACARS/CMU, SAL 304.
The SAL for the HSD-440 terminal is 307 (if designated SDU 1) or 173 (if
designated SDU 2). See ARINC 429, Part 1, attachment 1-1 for a complete
list of all SALs.
2. Understanding Data
Data is sent in 4 or 5 nibble words. See "Understanding Word Types" on
page F-14.
3. Understanding General Format Identifier (GFI) Definitions
Table F-18 defines the GFI definitions.
Table F-18 GFI Definitions
File Type
To
CMU
Data2 Enveloped
ACARS Message
GFI
HSD-440 terminal
Label
Destination
Code
Label
Destination
Code
304
307 (1)
1110b (Eh)
A GFI of 1110 b indicates a Data 2 Enveloped ACARS Message. This
message indicates to the HSD-440 terminal that this message is to be
passed on through the ACARS network. Only one message is transferred
per link layer ARINC 429 file. If the HSD-440 terminal is unable to deliver an
enveloped message to its destination (ACARS/CMU or GES), the HSD-440
terminal discards the message.
A Data-2 HSD-440 terminal transmits to the GES all messages passed from
the avionics network interface during the time that the HSD-440 terminal is
logged on. If the HSD-440 terminal is not logged on, any messages passed
to the HSD-440 terminal shall be discarded. While the HSD-440 terminal is
logged on, any messages received from the GES shall be forwarded to the
avionics network interface regardless of the state or availability of the
destination avionics equipment.
Any ACARS/CMU message contains a destination code of M if it arrives from
the ground to the ACARS/CMU. Similarly, any message originating from the
ACARS/CMU that is destined for a GES contains a destination code of S.
These codes are embedded in the RTS, CTS, and NCTS protocol words
(See "Understanding Protocol Words" on page F-15.)
(e) Understanding Word Types
The word types in Table F-19 are valid. For a full definition, see ARINC 429 P3,
attachment 11.
23-15-30
F-14
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-19 Word Types
31
30
29
WORD TYPE
Full Binary Data Word
Partial Binary Data Word
Start of Frame—Version 3
End of Frame—Version 3
Protocol Word
Solo Word
Start Of Transmission—Version 1
End Of Transmission—Version 1
1. Understanding the Full Binary Data Word
This word shall transmit 5 nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3 Attachment 11
for details.
2. Understanding the Partial Binary Data Word
This word shall transmit 4 or less nibbles of data. See ARINC 429P3
Attachment 11 for details.
3. Understanding Protocol Words
The protocol words are shown in Table F-20. The protocol identifier occupies
bits 28-25 of the protocol word.
Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses
Protocol word
RTS
(Request to Send)
CTS
(Clear to Send)
Uses
The HSD-440 terminal issues an RTS to the ACARS/CMU when
it is ready to send an LDU. The RTS contains a destination code
(bits 24–17) and a word count (bits 16–9).
When the HSD-440 terminal receives an RTS, it issues a CTS to
the ACARS/CMU when the ACARS/CMU is ready to send an LDU.
The CTS contains the same destination code and word count as
the HSD-440 terminal received in the RTS.
Bit 11 of the Status Word Label 270 from the HSD-440 terminal
indicates when a satellite link is available to proceed if this is a
ground destination message.
NCTS
(Not Clear to Send)
NAK
(negative
acknowledgement)
When the HSD-440 terminal either receives a valid RTS and is
not ready to accept data or receives an RTS with an invalid
destination or word count, it responds with an NCTS. The NCTS
contains a destination code (bits 24–17).
If the HSD-440 terminal notes a missing SOT or EOT word, parity
error, word count error, CRC error, or time out error, it will respond
with a NAK. The NAK contains the same file sequence number in
bits 24–17 as the SOT word.
23-15-30
F-15
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table F-20 Protocol Words and Uses (Continued)
Protocol word
Uses
ACK
(acknowledgement)
If the HSD-440 terminal transfers each word within the designated
time and with odd parity, correct word count, and verified CRC.
The LDU is either next, first, or a duplicate. Then the HSD-440
terminal sends an ACK. The ACK word contains the file sequence
number (bits 24–17) and the LDU sequence number (bits 16–9).
ALO
The HSD-440 terminal can initiate BOP V1 communication by
sending an ALO word out on the bus.
(aloha)
The first ALO word that the HSD-440 terminal transmits contains
the highest version number it supports (bits 12–9). This word
determines the correct protocol to use for the exchange. The ALO
also sends its own SAL (bits 24–17).
ALR
(aloha response)
When the HSD-440 terminal receives an ALO word, it leaves its
present task and responds with an ALR word. The response
contains the protocol version level supported.
SYN
The HSD-440 terminal transmits a SYN word to inform the
ACARS/CMU that the construction of the last file that was
transmitted is confused. The reception of a SYN word causes the
ACARS/CMU to abort any reception or transmission in progress.
In addition, if the ACARS/CMU was transmitting, it should
re-initiate transmission of the file that was aborted.
Destination code
RTS, CTS, and NTCS words use a destination code. The
destination code field (when used, bits 24–17) indicates the final
destination of the LDU. If the LDU will be used in the HSD-440
terminal, the destination code can be set to 00h. If the LDU is
intended to be passed on to another onboard system, the
destination code indicates that system.
Word count
RTS and CTS words use a word count. The word count field (bits
16–9) reflects the number of ARINC 429 words that will be
transmitted in a subsequent LDU. The maximum word count value
is 255 ARINC 429 words.
4. Understanding the Solo Word
If the data the HSD-440 terminal is sending consists of only 1 or 2 octets,
then the data can be sent blind using the solo word instead of obtaining a
CTS. Solo words conform to the following rules:
•
The solo word contains a 16 bit data field in bits 24–9
•
Bits 31–29 are permanently set to 101b
•
Solo words are not acknowledged at the link level
•
Solo words are not interleaved with data file words during a data file
transfer, however if the HSD-440 terminal receives a solo word during
data transfer, the HSD-440 terminal shall process the solo word normally
and resume file transmission or reception.
23-15-30
F-16
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
The solo word also performs test and loop back functions to test the integrity
of the ARINC 429 bus interconnection between the HSD-440 terminal and
the ACARS/CMU.
The HSD-440 terminal can send a 16 bit loop test pattern word (TEST) on
the ARINC 429 TX bus. The ACARS/CMU then responds with the identical
loop test pattern word (LOOP) on the ARINC 429 RX bus. If the LOOP does
not match the TEST, the HSD-440 terminal indicates a TEST failure.
If the HSD-440 terminal receives a TEST on its ARINC 429 RX bus, it
responds by transmitting an identical LOOP on the ARINC 429 TX bus.
A 4 bit identifier (bits 28–25) identifies the nature of the data being sent by
the solo word. The three types of data are shown in Table F-21.
Table F-21 Data Types
Purpose
Bits 28-25b
Description
Test
0000b
16 Bit Test Pattern
Loop
0001b
16 Bit Loop Back
Solo Word
ID
16 Bit Data filed
5. Understanding Start of Transmission (SOT)
When the HSD-440 terminal receives a valid CTS with the destination code
and word count of the previous RTS, then it responds by sending an SOT
word immediately before the LDU. The SOT contains the file sequence
number, the GFI, and the LDU sequence number.
The file sequence number (bits 24–17) of the SOT word is an 8 bit number
assigned to the data file. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each
new file sent over the link. After reaching FFh, the file sequence number
returns to 01h and recommences incrementing by 1h for each new file sent.
A file consisting of multiple LDUs has the same file sequence number in each
SOT word of each LDU. The file sequence number is also used in ACK and
NAK words.
The LDU sequence number (bits 16–9) of the SOT word is an 8 Bit number
assigned to the LDU. It is initialized to 00h and increments by 1h for each
LDU sent (of the same file). The LDU sequence number resets to 00h at the
beginning of each new file. The LDU sequence number is also used in the
ACK word.
6. Understanding End of Transmission (EOT)
Each LDU is terminated by an EOT word. Bit 25 indicates if this LDU is the
final LDU of the transfer. If it is, then this bit shall be set to 1; if it is not the
final LDU, it shall be set to 0. The EOT also contains the CRC word in bits
24–9. See ARINC 429 P3, paragraph 2.5.12, for details on generating and
decoding the CRC word.
23-15-30
F-17
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
F-18
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX G: INTERNATIONAL ACCESS AND
COUNTRY CODES
Table G-1 shows a list of countries with their associated country codes and international
access codes.
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Afghanistan
93
00
Albania
355
00
Algeria
213
00
Angola
244
00
Anguilla
+1 (264)
011
Antigua
+1 (268)
011
Argentina
54
00
Armenia
374
00
Aruba
297
00
Australia
61
00 11
Austria
43
00
Bahamas
+1 (242)
011
Bahrain
973
00
Bangladesh
880
00
Barbados
+1 (246)
011
Belarus
375
810
Belgium
32
00
Belize
501
00
Benin
229
00
Bermuda
+1 (441)
011
Bolivia
591
00 10
Bosnia and Hercegovina
387
99
Botswana
267
00
Brazil
55
00
British Virgin Islands
+1 (284)
011
Bulgaria
359
00
Burkina Faso
226
00
Burma (Myanmar)
95
00
Burundi
257
90
Cambodia
855
001
23-15-30
G-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Cameroon
237
00
Canada
011
Cape Verde
238
Cayman Islands
+1 (345)
011
Central African Republic
236
19
Chad
235
15
Chile
56
00
China
86
00
Colombia
57
009
Comoros
269
00
Congo (Brazzaville)
242
00
Congo (Kinshasa, formerly Zaire)
243
00
Cook Islands
682
00
Costa Rica
506
00
Cote d'Ivoire (Ivory Coast)
225
00
Croatia
385
99
Cuba
53
119
Cyprus
357
00
Czech Republic
420
00
Denmark
45
00
Diego-Garcia
246
00
Djibouti
253
00
Dominica
+1 (767)
011
Dominican Republic
+1 (809), +1 (829)
011
East Timor
670
00
Ecuador
593
00
Egypt
20
00
El Salvador
503
Equatorial Guinea
240
00
Eritrea
291
00
Estonia
372
810
Ethiopia
251
00
Falkland Islands
500
01
Faroe Islands
298
009
Fiji
679
Finland
358
00
France
33
00
23-15-30
G-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
French Antilles
590
00
French Guiana
594
00
French Polynesia
689
00
Gabon
241
00
Gambia
220
00
Germany
49
00
Ghana
233
00
Gibraltar
350
00
Greece
30
00
Greenland
299
009
Grenada
+1 (473)
011
Guam
+1 (671)
011
Guatemala
502
00
Guinea
224
00
Guinea-Bissau
245
00
Guyana
592
001
Haiti
509
00
Honduras
504
00
Hong Kong
852
001
Hungary
36
00
Iceland
354
90
India
91
900
Indonesia
62
001, 008
Iran
98
00
Iraq
964
00
Ireland
353
00
Israel
972
00
Italy
39
00
Ivory Coast (Cote d'Ivoire)
225
00
Jamaica
+1 (876)
011
Japan
81
010
Jordan
962
00
Kazakstan
810
Kenya
254
000
Kuwait
965
00
Kyrgyz Republic
996
00
Laos
856
00
23-15-30
G-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Latvia
371
810
Lebanon
961
00
Lesotho
266
00
Liberia
231
00
Libya
218
00
Liechtenstein
423
00
Lithuania
370
00
Luxembourg
352
00
Macao
853
00
Macedonia
389
00
Madagascar
261
16
Malawi
265
101
Malaysia
60
00
Maldives
960
00
Mali
223
00
Malta
356
356
Marshall Islands
692
011
Martinique
596
00
Mauritania
222
00
Mauritius
230
00
Mayotte and Reunion
262
10
Mexico
52
98
Micronesia
691
011
Moldova
373
00
Monaco
377
00
Mongolia
976
001
Montenegro
382
00
Montserrat
+1 (664)
011
Morocco
212
00
Mozambique
258
00
Namibia
264
00
Nauru
674
00
Nepal
977
00
Netherlands
31
00
New Caledonia
687
00
New Zealand
64
00
Nicaragua
505
00
23-15-30
G-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Niger
227
00
Nigeria
234
009
Niue Island
683
00
North Korea
850
00
Northern Mariana Islands
(Commonwealth of)
+1 (670)
011
Norway
47
095
Oman
968
00
Pakistan
92
00
Palau
680
011
Palestine
970
00
Panama
507
00
Papua New Guinea
675
05
Paraguay
595
002
Peru
51
00
Philippines
63
00
Poland
48
00
Portugal
351
00
Puerto Rico
+1 (787)
011
Qatar
974
00
Romania
40
71
Russia
810
Rwanda
250
00
Samoa
685
San Marino
378
00
Saudi Arabia
966
00
Senegal
221
00
Serbia
381
99
Seychelles
248
00
Sierra Leone
232
00
Singapore
65
001
Slovakia
421
00
Slovenia
386
99
Solomon Islands
677
00
Somalia
252
00
South Africa
27
00
South Korea
82
00
23-15-30
G-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Spain
34
00
Sri Lanka
94
00
St Helena and Tristan da Cunha
290
00
St Kitts
+1 (869)
011
St Lucia
+1 (758)
011
St Pierre and Miquelon
508
00
St Vincent
+1 (784)
011
Sudan
249
00
Suriname
597
002
Swaziland
268
00
Sweden
46
00
Switzerland
41
00
Syria
963
00
Taiwan
886
002
Tajikistan
992
810
Tanzania
255
000
Thailand
66
001
Togolese Republic
228
00
Tokelau
690
00
Tonga
676
09
Trinidad and Tobago
+1 (868)
011
Tunisia
216
00
Turkey
90
99
Turkmenistan
993
810
Turks and Caicos
+1 (649)
011
Tuvalu, Ellice Islands
688
00
U.S. Pacific Islands
+1 670, +1 671,
+1 684
011
U.S. Virgin Islands
+1 (340)
011
Uganda
256
000
Ukraine
380
810
United Arab Emirates
971
00
United Kingdom
44
00
United States
011
Uruguay
598
00
Uzbekistan
998
810
Vanuatu
678
00
23-15-30
G-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table G-1 International Access and Country Codes (Continued)
Country
Country Code
International Access Code
Vatican City
+39, +379
00
Venezuela
58
00
Vietnam
84
00
Wallis and Futuna
681
19
Yemen
967
00
Yugoslavia
(+38 discontinued)
99
Zambia
260
00
Zimbabwe
263
110
23-15-30
G-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Blank Page
23-15-30
G-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
APPENDIX H: INMARSAT CAUSE CODES
Table H-1 defines the maintenance port menu fault codes of the HSD-440 terminal.
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
1001
Call cleared by MES terminal (normal termination of call)
1011
Call failed, MES terminal busy
1012
Call cleared, MES terminal busy
1021
Call failed, MES time-out (no answer)
1081
Call failed, MES terminal not installed
1091
Call failed, MES terminal out-of-service
1092
Call cleared, MES terminal out-of-service
1141
MES preempted clear by higher priority call
1142
MES preempted fixed call by higher priority call
1143
Offered call cleared, pre-empted at MES
1144
Call cleared, MES initiated preemption
1145
Attempted call cleared, pre-empted at MES
1146
Attempted call abandoned by MES terminal
1202
Handover, MES ready
1281
Call failed, MES cannot accept
1291
Call failed, MES cannot accept at present
1351
Call cleared, insufficient free memory
1361
Call cleared by MES cable unwrap
1362
Call cleared, long interruption in reception at MES
1363
MES secondary clear due to repoint OR
1391
Call cleared, traveled distance exceeds 700km
1392
Call cleared, spot beam transition (call terminated because
aircraft left spot beam)
1393
Call cleared, cooperative mode
1451
Call failed, terrestrial circuits congested
1452
Call failed, LES congested (no channel and no circuit)
1502
Handover, LES Ready, normal clear
1551
Call failed, LES congested (no channel)
1581
Call failed, service not provided at this LES
1591
Call failed, service temporarily not available at this LES
1592
Call cleared, credit card type not supported
1651
Call failed, LES congested (no channel terminal)
1661
Call failed, long interruption in reception at LES
23-15-30
H-1
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
1662
LES long term blockage of SCPC MES
1790
Call cleared, failure credit card validation process
1791
Call cleared, failure authentication process
1811
NCS MES ID busy
1812
NCS MES ID busy IPDS
1841
Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.1 call
1842
Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.2 call
1843
Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption for incoming Pri.3 call
1844
Call cleared, NCS initiated preemption
1851
Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject no SCPC available
1852
Call failed, satellite congestion NCS reject SCPC does not
match request
1853
Call failed, lease channel congestion
1854
Call failed, MES outside spot beam coverage area
1855
Call rejected, preemption failed, no channel available
1856
Call rejected, spot beam selection failed
1857
Handover failed, channel not available
2000
MES int reject MES RQ invalid CNO
2001
MES int reject MES RQ failed qualification
2010
MES int reject MES RP invalid CNO
2011
MES int reject MES RP failed qualification
2012
MES int reject MES RP operation timeout
2020
MES int reject NCSA missing
2021
MES int reject NCSA invalid CNO
2022
MES int reject NCSA failed qualification
2023
Call failed, Signal lost on NCSA during call setup, check
antenna and try again
2024
Call failed, Missing channel assignment, try again
2025
Call failed, Signal lost on NCSC during call setup, check
antenna and try again
2030
MES int reject LES ID failed qualification
2040
MES int reject SCCS invalid CNO
2041
MES int reject SCCS not paired
2048
Call failed, invalid number dialed
2049
Call failed, terminal not ready for call, try later
2050
Call failed, Not allowed to make another mobile call yet, wait
20 seconds and try again
2051
Call failed, dialed number is barred
23-15-30
H-2
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
2052
Call failed, LES selected is barred
2053
Call failed, number dialed must be in a phonebook
2053
Call failed, terminal can only be used with a valid SIM
2055
Call failed, user not logged in
2056
Call failed, user not logged in to SIM
2057
Call failed, LES is not in SIM allowed list
2058
Call cleared, SIM removed during call
2059
Call failed, terminal is locked for outgoing calls
2060
MES int reject NCSS failed qualification
2061
MES int reject spot beam invalid
2062
Call failed, no spot beams in the ocean region, select another
OR
2063
Terminal ID is not set correctly, check with dealer
2070
Lost NCSC signal, seeking
2071
Stand-Alone Mode finished, seeking network
2080
SIM error, check SIM is inserted correctly
2090
MES int reject ORR query invalid
2091
MES int reject ORR invalid
2092
MES int reject MES RR failed qualification
2093
MES int reject MES RR invalid CNO
2094
MES int reject NCRA missing
2095
MES int reject NCRA lost lock
2100
MES int reject illegal call type
2101
MES Int reject illegal peripheral
2102
Call request failed, call already in progress
2103
Call failed, star code is badly formatted
2104
Call failed, cannot accept two address book star codes
2105
Call failed, address book entry not found
2106
Call failed, star code does not exist
2120
MES int reject no transmit power available
2200
Battery flat for terminal operation
2201
Call cleared, used all allocated time for call type
2300
MES int reject no coop response
2301
MES int reject no power
2302
MES int reject no location report
2400
MES int reject no ORA SU found
8000
ACSE Recycling
23-15-30
H-3
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
8001
ACSE Top Of Find BB
8002
ACSE Top Of Process BB
8010
ACSE Finding Primary NCS Long
8011
ACSE Finding Secondary NCS Short
8012
ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Short
8013
ACSE Finding Primary NCS Short
8014
ACSE Finding Primary Standalone Long
8018
ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Short
8019
ACSE Finding Secondary Standalone Long
8020
ACSE Found Primary NCS
8021
ACSE Found Secondary NCS
8022
ACSE Found Primary Standalone
8023
ACSE Found Secondary Standalone
8024
ACSE found primary NGNCS
8025
ACSE found secondary NGNCS
8030
ACSE NSR Invalid
8040
ACSE Inert
8041
ACSE ODU Status
8080
ACSE NSR Valid
8081
ACSE NSR Valid LES A
8100
ACSE Booting
8110
ACSE Booted
8120
ACSE FIDR ID Invalid
8200
ACSE Spot Beam Selection
8201
ACSE Next Spot Beam
8202
ACSE Successful Spot Beam Selection
8203
ACSE Failed To Find Spot Beam
8204
ACSE Spot Beam Selective Clear
8210
ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No ID
8211
ACSE Spot Beam Reject Mobile Call No TDM
8300
ACSE ORR
8301
ACSE Successful ORR
8302
ACSE Failed ORR
8303
ACSE No ORR
8304
ACSE ORR Tune NCRA
8305
ACSE ORR MES RR
8306
ACSE failed retry ORR
23-15-30
H-4
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
8310
ACSE ORR Query Begin
8311
ACSE ORR Query Burst
8312
ACSE ORR Query Successful
8313
ACSE ORR Query Failed
8400
ACSE Fixed Begin
8401
ACSE Fixed MESRP
8402
ACSE Fixed Call Type Set
8410
ACSE Fixed Tune NCSA
8411
ACSE Fixed Channel Assignment
8420
ACSE Fixed Clearing Call
8421
ACSE Fixed Selective Clear
8480
ACSE Fixed SCPC Begin
8481
ACSE Fixed SCPC Transmitting
8482
ACSE Fixed Authentication Begin
8483
ACSE Fixed Authentication End
8484
ACSE Fixed Power Control
8485
ACSE Fixed MES Connect
8486
ACSE Fixed Ringing Begin
8500
ACSE Mobile Begin
8501
ACSE Mobile MES RQ1
8502
ACSE Mobile MES RQ2
8503
ACSE Mobile Call Type Set
8510
ACSE Mobile Tune NCSA
8511
ACSE Mobile Channel Assignment
8520
ACSE Mobile Clearing Call
8521
ACSE Mobile Selective Clear
8580
ACSE Mobile SCPC Begin
8581
ACSE Mobile SCPC Transmitting
8582
ACSE Mobile Authentication Begin
8583
ACSE Mobile Authentication End
8584
ACSE Mobile Power Control
8585
ACSE Mobile LES Connect
8586
ACSE Mobile Ringing Begin
8600
MPDS SCPC Mode Selected
8800
ACSE cable call begin
8801
ACSE cable call successful
8900
ACSE Logoff Begin
23-15-30
H-5
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
8901
ACSE Successful Logoff
8902
ACSE No ORR Logoff
9000
ACSE accepts call
9003
ACSE accepted
9004
ACSE rejected
9020
ACSE call waiting
9021
ACSE idle selective clear
9022
ACSE TDM not found
9080
ACSE rejected fixed call due to invalid NSR
9081
ACSE In MRSi
9082
ACSE sounder turned on
9083
ACSE sounder turned off
9084
ACSE in lock
9085
ACSE out of lock
9086
ACSE ext sounder turned on
9087
ACSE ext sounder turned off
9088
ACSE timer about to expire
9090
ACSE Smartcard activated
9091
ACSE Smartcard removed
9092
ACSE Smartcard error
9100
Peripheral on hook
9101
Peripheral off hook
9102
Peripheral connected
9103
Peripheral ringing
9104
Peripheral ready
9105
Peripheral hanging up
9106
Peripheral hang up
9107
Peripheral not responding
9108
Peripheral dialing
9109
Peripheral abort dialing
9120
Peripheral DTMF accepted
9121
Peripheral DTMF rejected
9122
Peripheral invalid request
9123
Peripheral valid request
9124
Peripheral bonding auto
9125
Peripheral bonding slave
9126
Peripheral bonding none
23-15-30
H-6
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
9130
Peripheral STU enabled
9131
Peripheral STU disabled
9200
MSG T_AM received
9201
MSG A_AM received
9202
MSG T_HA received
9203
MMI normal
9204
MMI inert
9205
MMI programming
9206
MMI reboot
9207
MMI powerdown
9208
MMI accepted
9209
MMI rejected
400000
CT SP bad
400000
No call pending
400001
CT SP good
400002
CT SP full
400003
CT SP access denied
400080
CT SP find
400081
CT SP enumerate
400082
CT SP no entries
400090
CT SP delete
400100
CT SP spot beam selection
400105
CT SP MPDS
400110
CT SP ocean region registration
400111
CT SP ORR query
400112
CT SP log off
400120
CT SP cable call
400200
CT SP go idle
400201
CT SP go idle due to configuration
400202
CT SP selective clear
400208
CT SP go idle clear spot beam
400209
CT SP go idle clear NSR
400210
CT SP go inert
400211
CT SP go inert Smartcard
400212
CT SP go inert DDS poll
400900
CT SP ODU status
400901
CT SP ODU status no alarms
23-15-30
H-7
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
400902
CT SP ODU status DDS
400910
CT SP prod test
400911
CT SP prod test ODU
401000
CT SP clear spot beam
800124
Mobile aero 64k speech
800404
Mobile data
800504
Mobile facsimile
800606
Mobile 64k UDI
800607
Mobile 56k UDI
800610
Mobile 64k audio 3k1
800622
Mobile aero 64k UDI
800623
Mobile aero 56k UDI
800625
Mobile aero 64k audio 3k1
11A0
Call cleared, credit card not accepted
11D1
Call failed, Request data invalid
11D2
Call failed, insufficient digits in service address
11D3
Call failed, invalid service address
11D4
Call cleared, credit card data information invalid
11D5
Call cleared, invalid country code
11D6
Call cleared, PID information is not consistent
11D7
Call rejected, invalid service for Pri.1 or 2 call
11D8
Call cleared, dialed number not 2 or 3 digits for Pr.1 or 2 call
11E0
Call cleared, invalid credit card PIN at this LES
11E1
Call cleared, too many invalid credit card call attempts
12B1
Call cleared by MES for unspecified reason, for example:
•
GPS conflict
•
Insufficient HPA power available to make call
•
HPA over current
12C2
Call cleared, no credit card valid message received
12C3
Call failed, MES time-out (no terrestrial answer)
12C4
Call cleared, authentication query not received (usually caused
by call setup failure)
12C5
Call cleared, MES missing sup service SU
12C6
Call cleared, MES missing sup service 2SU
12C7
Call cleared, MES missing SCPC channel release SU sup
service
12C8
Handover failed, LES not detected
23-15-30
H-8
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
12D1
Call failed, Spot-beam data invalid
12D2
Call failed, invalid scrambling vector
15A1
Call failed, MES not authorized at this LES
15A2
Call failed, service not authorized at this LES
15A3
Call cleared, credit card not authorized
15A4
Call cleared, authentication reply invalid
15A5
Call failed, PID not authorized for any service
15A6
Call failed, PID not authorized for requested service
15B1
Call cleared by LES for unspecified reason
15C1
Call failed, LES time-out (no assignment)
15C2
Call failed, LES time-out (no service address)
15C3
Call failed, LES time-out (no scrambling vector)
15C4
Call failed, no service address and no scrambling vector
15C5
Call cleared, incomplete credit card data information
15C7
Call failed, LES time-out (no MES Connect)
15C9
Call cleared, no authentication reply
15CA
Call cleared, notification ack not received
15CB
Call cleared, invalid sequence number in notification ack
15CC
Handover failed, no response to request
15CD
Handover failed, MES not ready
15D1
Call failed, LES time-out (invalid assignment)
15D2
LES MES already busy
15E1
Call cleared but MES still transmitting (FAULT)
16C2
LES missing MES SCPC
16C3
Handover failed, MES not detected
18A1
NCS MES ID not found
18A2
Call failed, MES not authorized
18A3
Call failed, LES not authorized
18B1
Call failed by NCS for unspecified reason
18B2
Call rejected, invalid service requested
18C1
NCS MES burst missing
18C3
NCS MES busy preemption failed
18D1
Call failed, invalid call request
18E1
NCS MES busy already
18E2
NCS MES busy already MPDS
1F01
Call cleared by terrestrial circuit (normal call termination from
ground source)
23-15-30
H-9
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
1F11
Call failed, terrestrial party busy
1F21
Call failed, LES time-out (no answer)
1F61
Call failed, terrestrial circuit failure (call attempted during ORR)
1F62
Call failed, early clear by terrestrial circuit
2F00
LES int reject lack of MES RESP response
2F01
LES int reject lack of MES ARN response
2F02
LES int reject incorrect SVECSCPC
4000A0
CT SP any
4000F0
CT Terminal ID
4000F1
CT Options
4000F2
CT config names
80010F
Mobile 64k speech
8D0FFF
Mobile Mini-M
8E0FFF
Mobile HSD
8F0FFF
Mobile
90A0
EXPPORT bonding started
90A1
EXPPORT bonding ended
90A2
EXPPORT remote panel present
90A3
EXPPORT remote panel removed
90B0
ACSE MPDS mode selected
90B1
ACSE SCPC mode selected
90C0
ACSE transmit on
90C1
ACSE transmit off
90D0
ACSE spot beam handover started
90D1
ACSE spot beam termination timer started
90F0
Event log wiped
B000
Mod error, general
B001
Mod error, tune failed
B002
Mod error, mode failed
B003
Mod error, mmr failed
B004
Mod error, not responding
B010
MOD Invalid Mode
B011
MOD Command Invalid
B020
Mod error, su underflow
B021
MOD Su overflow
B022
MOD Su not transmitted
B024
MOD invalid frame no
23-15-30
H-10
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
B025
MOD invalid slot no
B028
MOD cannot Tx Su while tuning
B030
MOD channel out of range
B032
MOD cannot tune while Tx
B033
MOD tuning in progress
B040
MOD error watchdog
B100
DEMOD error, general
B101
DEMOD error, tune failed
B102
DEMOD error, mode failed
B110
DEMOD invalid mode
B130
DEMOD channel out of range
B133
DEMOD tuning in progress
B200
Generic modem error
B201
RF error RX VHF
B202
RF error RX Lband
B204
RF error RX VHF
B208
RF error TX Lband
B210
RF error RF error
B220
RF error Ref error
B27F
Mod watchdog tripped
B280
Generic voice codec errors
B281
TMS spurious interrupt
B300
Outdoor terminal failure, check connections to ODU
B301
ODU error cannot set cable attenuator
B310
ODU error power response missing
B311
ODU error tune response missing
B312
ODU error HPA control response missing
B313
ODU error HPA status response missing
B314
ODU error alarm response missing
B315
ODU error burst timer response missing
B316
ODU error HPA backoff response missing
B320
ODU error alarm heat
B321
ODU error alarm burst
B322
ODU error alarm power
B323
ODU error alarm over voltage
B324
ODU error alarm reverse power
B328
ODU failed due to tx power check
23-15-30
H-11
24 JUN 09
EMS SATCOM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION, INSTALLATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL
eNfusion™ HSD-440 High-speed Data Terminal
Table H-1 Inmarsat Cause Code Definitions (Continued)
Inmarsat Cause Code
Code Definition
B329
ODU error alarm timeout
B330
ODU error alarm timeout no trip
B400
Internal temperature of terminal too high, turn off for 10 minutes
B401
Internal temperature sensor failed
B410
Mod error, handshake failure, power down/up and try again
B500
Battery charging communication failure
B501
Power supply error
B580
Battery is over temperature, charging disabled
B581
Battery temperature is now ok, charging enabled
C0010F
Fixed 64k speech
C00124
Fixed aero 64k speech
C00404
Fixed data
C00504
Fixed facsimile
C00606
Fixed 64k UDI
C00607
Fixed 56k UDI
C00610
Fixed 64k audio 3k1
C00622
Fixed aero 64k UDI
C00623
Fixed aero 56k UDI
C00625
Fixed aero 64k audio 3k1
CD0FFF
Fixed Mini-M
CE0FFF
Fixed HSD
CF0FFF
Fixed
FFFD
ACSE end marker (MPDS)
FFFE
Status undefined (MPDS)
FFFF
Status OK (MPDS)
23-15-30
H-12
24 JUN 09

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : webb
Create Date                     : 2009:06:24 10:00:23Z
Modify Date                     : 2010:03:10 12:38:52-07:00
Has XFA                         : No
Tagged PDF                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:08:04
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 8.0
Metadata Date                   : 2010:03:10 12:38:52-07:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : MN-1252-33077
Creator                         : webb
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows)
Document ID                     : uuid:7f070cf0-f7f4-4ddb-88f4-216e9e1b31c3
Instance ID                     : uuid:129b8bc3-a0c6-4dc0-919d-7482b5bd1692
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 234

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

EMS Technologies Canada HSD-440 eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver User Manual MN 1252 33077

EMS Technologies Canada, Ltd. eNfusion HSD-440 Aeronautical Satcom Transceiver MN 1252 33077

HSD-440 Users Manual

FCC ID Filing: K6KHSD-440

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation